# EDGAR Filing Document

**Accession Number:** 0001074486
**File Stem:** 0001104659-26-043671
**Filing Date:** 2026-4
**Character Count:** 548897
**Document Hash:** f39d676a2d199cc8ca98023297137ceb
**Contains OCR:** False
**Source Format:** 

## Filing Content

## Filing Summary
**0001104659-26-043671.hdr.sgml**: 20260415

**ACCESSION NUMBER**: 0001104659-26-043671

**CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE**: 485BPOS

**PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT**: 4

**FILED AS OF DATE**: 20260415

**DATE AS OF CHANGE**: 20260415

**EFFECTIVENESS DATE**: 20260501

**FILER**: 

**COMPANY DATA:**
- **COMPANY CONFORMED NAME:** SEPARATE ACCOUNT A OF PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY CO
- **CENTRAL INDEX KEY:** 0001074486

**ORGANIZATION NAME:**
- **EIN:** 000000000
- **STATE OF INCORPORATION:** CA
- **FISCAL YEAR END:** 1231

**FILING VALUES:**
- **FORM TYPE:** 485BPOS
- **SEC ACT:** 1940 Act
- **SEC FILE NUMBER:** 811-09203
- **FILM NUMBER:** 26863325

**BUSINESS ADDRESS:**
- **STREET 1:** 700 NEWPORT CTR DR
- **CITY:** NEWPORT BEACH
- **STATE:** CA
- **ZIP:** 92660
- **BUSINESS PHONE:** 7146403326

**MAIL ADDRESS:**
- **STREET 1:** PO BOX 7500
- **CITY:** NEWPORT BEACH
- **STATE:** CA
- **ZIP:** 92658-7500

**FORMER COMPANY:**
- **FORMER CONFORMED NAME:** SEPARATE ACCOUNT A OF PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE CO
- **DATE OF NAME CHANGE:** 19981201
**FILER**: 

**COMPANY DATA:**
- **COMPANY CONFORMED NAME:** SEPARATE ACCOUNT A OF PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY CO
- **CENTRAL INDEX KEY:** 0001074486

**ORGANIZATION NAME:**
- **EIN:** 000000000
- **STATE OF INCORPORATION:** CA
- **FISCAL YEAR END:** 1231

**FILING VALUES:**
- **FORM TYPE:** 485BPOS
- **SEC ACT:** 1933 Act
- **SEC FILE NUMBER:** 333-178742
- **FILM NUMBER:** 26863324

**BUSINESS ADDRESS:**
- **STREET 1:** 700 NEWPORT CTR DR
- **CITY:** NEWPORT BEACH
- **STATE:** CA
- **ZIP:** 92660
- **BUSINESS PHONE:** 7146403326

**MAIL ADDRESS:**
- **STREET 1:** PO BOX 7500
- **CITY:** NEWPORT BEACH
- **STATE:** CA
- **ZIP:** 92658-7500

**FORMER COMPANY:**
- **FORMER CONFORMED NAME:** SEPARATE ACCOUNT A OF PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE CO
- **DATE OF NAME CHANGE:** 19981201

## Series and Classes Contracts Data

### SEPARATE ACCOUNT A OF PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY CO (811-09203) (Series ID: S000006299)

| Class ID   | Class Name                                | Ticker Symbol   |
|:---|:---|:---|
| C000111332 | Schwab Retirement Income Variable Annuity |  |

#### As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 15, 2026.

#### Registration Nos. 333-178742<br>811-09203 <br>

#### SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION <br> Washington, D.C. 20549

#### FORM N-4

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **REGISTRATION STATEMENT<br>UNDER<br>THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933**  | **X** |
| **Pre-Effective Amendment No.**  | 🏳 |
| **Post-Effective Amendment No. 21**  | **X** |

---

#### and/or

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **REGISTRATION STATEMENT<br>UNDER<br>THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940**  | **X** |

---

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **Amendment No. 700**<br>**(Check appropriate box or boxes)**  | **X** |

---

**SEPARATE ACCOUNT A** <br>(Exact Name of Registrant)

**PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY** <br>(Name of Depositor)

**700 Newport Center Drive<br>Newport Beach, California 92660**<br>(Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

**(949) 219-3011**<br>(Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code)

#### Alison Ryan
**Vice President and Associate General Counsel<br>Pacific Life & Annuity Company<br>700 Newport Center Drive<br>Newport Beach, California 92660**<br>(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

------

**Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:** 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

O immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485<br>X on <u>May 1, 2026</u>, pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485<br>O 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485<br>O on _______, pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485

If appropriate, check the following box:

O This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **SCHWAB RETIREMENT INCOME VARIABLE ANNUITY<sup>®</sup>** | **STATUTORY PROSPECTUS MAY 1, 2026** |

---

Schwab Retirement Income Variable Annuity is an individual flexible premium deferred variable annuity contract issued by Pacific Life & Annuity Company ("PL&A") through Separate Account A of PL&A.

The Contracts are sold exclusively by investment professionals including independent contractors and their employees of Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. ("Schwab") ("Schwab investment professionals"). In this Statutory Prospectus ("Prospectus"), *you* and *your* mean the Contract Owner or Policyholder. *Pacific Life & Annuity, PL&A, we, us* and our refer to Pacific Life & Annuity Company. *Pacific Life, PL and administrator* means Pacific Life Insurance Company. *Contract* means a Schwab Retirement Income Variable Annuity contract, unless we state otherwise. Schwab is not affiliated with Pacific Life Insurance Company or Pacific Life & Annuity Company.

This Contract is not available in all states. This Prospectus is not an offer in any state or jurisdiction where we are not legally permitted to offer the Contract. This Contract is subject to availability, is offered at our discretion, and may be discontinued for purchase at any time. PL&A reserves the right to stop accepting additional Purchase Payments. As a result, Contract Owners would no longer be able to increase their Contract Values, death benefits, or any living benefits through Purchase Payments. The Contract is described in detail in this Prospectus and its Statement of Additional Information (SAI). Each Fund is described in its Prospectus and its SAI.

Additional information about certain investment products, including variable annuities, has been prepared by the SEC's staff and is available at Investor.gov.

This material is not intended to be used, nor can it be used by any taxpayer, for the purpose of avoiding U.S. federal, state or local tax penalties. PL&A, its distributors and their respective representatives do not provide tax, accounting or legal advice. Any taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer's particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

**You should be aware that the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") has not approved or disapproved of the securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of the disclosure in this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. This Contract is not a deposit or obligation of, or guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank. It's not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the Federal Reserve Board, or any other government agency. Investment in a Contract involves risk, including possible loss of principal and previous earnings. All obligations and guarantees under the Contract are subject to the creditworthiness and claims-paying ability of the Company.**

------

#### **TABLE OF CONTENTS**

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **[Special Terms](#new_id)** | **[3](#new_id)** |
| **[Overview of the Contract](#new_id-0)** | **[4](#new_id-0)** |
| **[Key Information](#new_id-1)** | **[5](#new_id-1)** |
| **[Fee Tables](#new_id-2)** | **[8](#new_id-2)** |
| **[Principal Risks of Investing in the Contract](#new_id-3)** | **[9](#new_id-3)** |
| **[Benefits Available Under the Contract](#new_id-4)** | **[12](#new_id-4)** |
| **[Your Investment Options](#new_id-5)** | **[16](#new_id-5)** |
| **[Buying Your Contract](#new_id-6)** | **[17](#new_id-6)** |
| [How to Apply for Your Contract](#new_id-7) | [17](#new_id-7) |
| [Making Your Investments ("Purchase Payments")](#new_id-8) | [17](#new_id-8) |
| **[How Your Purchase Payments Are Allocated](#new_id-9)** | **[18](#new_id-9)** |
| [Choosing Your Investment Options](#new_id-10) | [18](#new_id-10) |
| [Investing in Variable Investment Options](#new_id-11) | [18](#new_id-11) |
| [When Your Purchase Payment is Effective](#new_id-12) | [19](#new_id-12) |
| [Transfers and Market-timing Restrictions](#new_id-13) | [19](#new_id-13) |
| [Systematic Transfer Option](#new_id-14) | [20](#new_id-14) |
| **[Charges, Fees and Deductions](#new_id-15)** | **[21](#new_id-15)** |
| [Mortality and Expense Risk Charge](#new_id-16) | [21](#new_id-16) |
| [Administrative Fee](#new_id-17) | [21](#new_id-17) |
| [**Optional Death Benefit Rider Charges**](#new_id-18) | [21](#new_id-18) |
| [Optional Rider Charges](#new_id-19) | [21](#new_id-19) |
| [Premium Taxes](#new_id-20) | [22](#new_id-20) |
| [Waivers and Reduced Charges](#new_id-21) | [23](#new_id-21) |
| [Fund Expenses](#new_id-22) | [23](#new_id-22) |
| **[Annuitization](#new_id-23)** | **[23](#new_id-23)** |
| [Selecting Your Annuitant](#new_id-24) | [23](#new_id-24) |
| [Annuitization](#new_id-25) | [23](#new_id-25) |
| [Choosing Your Annuity Date](#new_id-26) | [24](#new_id-26) |
| [Default Annuity Date and Options](#new_id-27) | [24](#new_id-27) |
| [Choosing Your Annuity Option](#new_id-28) | [25](#new_id-28) |
| [Your Annuity Payments](#new_id-29) | [27](#new_id-29) |
| **[Death Benefits and Optional Death Benefit Riders](#new_id-30)** | **[27](#new_id-30)** |
| [Death Benefits](#new_id-31) | [27](#new_id-31) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *[*Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit*](#new_id-32)* | *[*29*](#new_id-32)* |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; *[*Stepped-Up Death Benefit*](#new_id-33)* | *[*30*](#new_id-33)* |
| **[Withdrawals](#new_id-34)** | **[32](#new_id-34)** |
| [Optional Withdrawals](#new_id-35) | [32](#new_id-35) |
| [Tax Consequences of Withdrawals](#new_id-36) | [34](#new_id-36) |
| [Right to Cancel ("Free Look")](#new_id-37) | [34](#new_id-37) |
| **[Optional Living Benefit Riders](#new_id-38)** | **[34](#new_id-38)** |
| [General Information](#new_id-39) | [34](#new_id-39) |
| [Future Income Generator (Single)](#new_id-40) | [36](#new_id-40) |
| [Future Income Generator (Joint)](#new_id-41) | [40](#new_id-41) |
| **[Pacific Life & Annuity, Pacific Life, and the Separate Account](#new_id-42)** | **[46](#new_id-42)** |
| **[Federal Tax Issues](#new_id-43)** | **[46](#new_id-43)** |
| [Taxation of Annuities - General Provisions](#new_id-44) | [47](#new_id-44) |
| [Non-Qualified Contracts - General Rules](#new_id-45) | [47](#new_id-45) |
| [Impact of Federal Income Taxes](#new_id-46) | [49](#new_id-46) |
| [Taxes on Pacific Life & Annuity Company](#new_id-47) | [50](#new_id-47) |
| [Qualified Contracts - General Rules](#new_id-48) | [50](#new_id-48) |
| [IRAs and Qualified Plans](#new_id-49) | [52](#new_id-49) |
| **[Additional Information](#new_id-50)** | **[54](#new_id-50)** |
| [Voting Rights](#new_id-51) | [54](#new_id-51) |
| [Changes to Your Contract](#new_id-52) | [54](#new_id-52) |
| [Changes to All Contracts](#new_id-53) | [55](#new_id-53) |
| [Inquiries and Submitting Forms and Requests](#new_id-54) | [56](#new_id-54) |
| [Telephone and Electronic Transactions](#new_id-55) | [56](#new_id-55) |
| [Electronic Information Consent](#new_id-56) | [57](#new_id-56) |
| [Timing of Payments and Transactions](#new_id-57) | [57](#new_id-57) |
| [Confirmations, Statements and Other Reports to Contract Owners](#new_id-58) | [57](#new_id-58) |
| [Distribution Arrangements](#new_id-59) | [58](#new_id-59) |
| [Replacement of Life Insurance or Annuities](#new_id-60) | [58](#new_id-60) |
| [Financial Statements](#new_id-61) | [59](#new_id-61) |
| [Legal Proceedings and Legal Matters](#new_id-62) | [59](#new_id-62) |
| **[The General Account](#new_id-63)** | **[59](#new_id-63)** |
| **[Appendix: Investment Options Available Under The Contract](#new_id-64)** | **[60](#new_id-64)** |
| **[Living Benefit Investment Allocation Requirements](#new_id-65)** | **[60](#new_id-65)** |
| **[Appendix: Future Income Generator (Single & Joint) Sample Calculations](#new_id-66)** | **[62](#new_id-66)** |
| **[Appendix: Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit and Stepped-Up Death Benefit Sample Calculations](#new_id-67)** | **[74](#new_id-67)** |
| **[Appendix: Historical Rider Percentages](#new_id-68)** | **[80](#new_id-68)** |
| **[Appendix: Optional Riders Not Available for Purchase](#new_id-69)** | **[89](#new_id-69)** |
| [Income Generator (Single)](#new_id-70) | [89](#new_id-70) |
| [Income Generator (Joint)](#new_id-71) | [98](#new_id-71) |

---

#### Where To Go For More Information Back Cover

------

#### SPECIAL TERMS
Some of the terms we've used in this Prospectus may be new to you. We've identified them in the Prospectus by capitalizing the first letter of each word. You will find an explanation of what they mean below.

If you have any questions, please ask your Schwab investment professional if you are working with one, or call a Schwab Annuity Specialist at (888) 311-4887. You can reach PL&A directly at (800) 748-6907 or, if you are a Schwab investment professional, please call PL&A at (800) 610-4823.

**Account Value** – The amount of your Contract Value allocated to a specified Variable Investment Option.

**Annuitant** – A person on whose life annuity payments may be determined. An Annuitant's life may also be used to determine certain increases in death benefits, and to determine the Annuity Date. A Contract may name a single ("sole") Annuitant or two ("Joint") Annuitants, and may also name a "Contingent" Annuitant. If you name Joint Annuitants or a Contingent Annuitant, "the Annuitant" means the sole surviving Annuitant, unless otherwise stated.

**Annuity Date** – The date annuity payments are scheduled to begin if the Annuitant (or Joint Annuitants) is (or are) still living and your Contract is in force; or if earlier, the date that annuity payments actually begin. The maximum Annuity Date is dated in your Contract and is the latest date we will begin paying you an annuity income.

**Annuity Option** – Any one of the income options available for a series of payments after your Annuity Date.

**Beneficiary** – A person who may have a right to receive the death benefit payable upon the death of the Annuitant or a Contract Owner prior to the Annuity Date, or may have a right to receive remaining guaranteed annuity payments, if any, if the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Date.

**Business Day** – Each day the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") is open for regular trading. Each Business Day ends when the NYSE closes each day which is typically 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time. In this Prospectus, references to "day" or "date" means Business Day unless otherwise specified. If any transaction or event called for under a Contract is scheduled to occur on a day that is not a Business Day, such transaction or event will be deemed to occur on the next following Business Day unless otherwise specified. If any transaction is requested for a day that does not exist in a given calendar month, it will occur on the last day of such month. Any systematic pre-authorized transaction scheduled to occur on December 30th or December 31st where that day is not a Business Day will be deemed an order for the last Business Day of the calendar year and will be calculated using the applicable values at the close of that Business Day.

**Code** – The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

**Contingent Annuitant** – A person, if named in your Contract, who will become your sole surviving Annuitant if your existing sole Annuitant should die before your Annuity Date.

**Contract Anniversary** – The same date, in each subsequent year, as your Contract Date.

**Contract Date** – The date we issue your Contract. Contract Years, Contract Anniversaries, Contract Semi-Annual Periods, Contract Quarters and Contract Months are measured from this date.

**Contract Owner, Owner, Policyholder, you, or your** – Generally, a person who purchases a Contract and makes the Investments. A Contract Owner has all rights in the Contract, including the right to make withdrawals, designate and change beneficiaries, transfer amounts among Investment Options, and designate an Annuity Option. If your Contract names Joint Owners, both Joint Owners are Contract Owners and share all such rights.

**Contract Value** – As of the end of any Business Day, the sum of your Variable Account Value.

**Contract Year** – A year that starts on the Contract Date or on a Contract Anniversary.

**Earnings** – As of the end of any Business Day, your Earnings equal your Contract Value less your aggregate Purchase Payments, which are reduced by withdrawals of prior Investments.

**Fund** – A registered open-end management investment company; collectively refers to Schwab Annuity Portfolios.

**General Account** – Our General Account consists of all of our assets other than those assets allocated to Separate Account A or to any of our other investment separate accounts.

**In Proper Form** – This is the standard we apply when we determine whether an instruction is satisfactory to us. An instruction (in writing or by other means that we accept (*e.g.* via telephone or electronic submission)) is considered to be In Proper Form if it is received at our Service Center in a manner that is satisfactory to us, such that is sufficiently complete and clear so that we do not have to exercise any discretion to follow the instruction, including any information and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. Any forms that we provide will identify any necessary supporting documentation. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is In Proper Form, and we reserve the right to change or waive any In Proper Form requirements at any time.

**Investment ("Purchase Payment")** – An amount paid to us by or on behalf of a Contract Owner as consideration for the benefits provided under the Contract.

**Investment Option** – A Variable Investment Option or any other investment option added to the Contract by Rider or Endorsement.

**Joint Annuitant** – If your Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract, you may name two Annuitants, called "Joint Annuitants," in your application for your Contract. Special restrictions may apply for Qualified Contracts.

**Non-Natural Owner** – A corporation, trust or other entity that is not a (natural) person.

------

**Non-Qualified Contract** – A Contract other than a Qualified Contract.

**Policyholder** – The Contract Owner.

**Primary Annuitant** – The individual that is named in your Contract, the events in the life of whom are of primary importance in affecting the timing or amount of the payout under the Contract.

**Purchase Payment (or "Investment")** – An amount paid to us by or on behalf of a Contract Owner as consideration for the benefits provided under the Contract.

**Qualified Contract** – A Contract that qualifies under the Code as an individual retirement annuity or account (IRA), or form thereof, or a Contract purchased by a Qualified Plan, qualifying for special tax treatment under the Code.

**Qualified Plan** – A retirement plan that receives favorable tax treatment under Section 401, 408 or 408A of the Code.

**SEC** – Securities and Exchange Commission.

**Separate Account A (or the "Separate Account")** – A separate account of ours registered as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

**Subaccount** – An investment division of the Separate Account. Each Subaccount invests its assets in shares of a corresponding Portfolio.

**Subaccount Unit** – Before your Annuity Date, each time you allocate an amount to a Subaccount, your Contract is credited with a number of Subaccount Units in that Subaccount. These Units are used for accounting purposes to measure your Account Value in that Subaccount. The value of Subaccount Units is expected to fluctuate daily, as described in the definition of Unit Value.

**Unit Value** – The value of a Subaccount Unit ("Subaccount Unit Value"). Unit Value of any Subaccount is subject to change on any Business Day in much the same way that the value of a mutual fund share changes each day. The fluctuations in value reflect the investment results, expenses of and charges against the Portfolio in which the Subaccount invests its assets. Fluctuations also reflect charges against the Separate Account. Unit Value of a Subaccount Unit on any Business Day is measured as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange on that Business Day, which usually closes at 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, although it occasionally closes earlier.

**Variable Account Value** – The aggregate amount of your Contract Value allocated to all Subaccounts.

**Variable Investment Option** – A Subaccount (also called a Variable Account.)

#### OVERVIEW OF THE CONTRACT

#### Purpose
The Contract is designed for long-term financial planning. This Contract may be appropriate for you if you are looking for retirement income or you want to meet other long-term financial objectives. **You can lose money by investing money in the Contract, it is possible to lose 100% of your principal and previous earnings.** Discuss with your Schwab investment professional whether a variable annuity, a living benefit rider, and/or a death benefit rider and which underlying Investment Options are appropriate for you, taking into consideration your age, income, net worth, tax status, insurance needs, financial objectives, investment goals, liquidity needs, time horizon, risk tolerance and other relevant information. Together you can decide if a variable annuity is right for you.

#### Phases of the Contract
This Contract has two phases, the accumulation (savings) phase and the annuitization (income) phase. The accumulation phase begins on your Contract Date and continues until your Annuity Date. During this phase, you can put money into your Contract and earnings accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. When you put money into your Contract, you can invest in Funds that have their own investment objectives, strategies, risks, and expenses.

A list of Funds currently available is provided in an appendix. See **APPENDIX: INVESTMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT**.

**The annuitization (income) phase occurs when you annuitize your Contract and turn your Contract into a stream of income payments over a fixed period or for life. Your annuity payments will be fixed payments. When you annuitize, you will be unable to make withdrawals and death benefits and living benefits will terminate.**

In general, if you choose a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit Rider, it may not be appropriate for you to annuitize the Contract before the maximum Annuity Date because the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit Riders already provide for lifetime income in the form of the Protected Payment Amount while also allowing for the accumulation of Contract Value and a death benefit. If you choose to annuitize the Contract before the maximum Annuity Date, you will be giving up your Contract Value, death benefit, and Rider guarantees, and it is possible that the annuity payment amount will be less than the Protected Payment Amount. Nonetheless, it is possible that the income stream provided by an annuity benefit payment option (e.g.,payments for a period certain) may be more appropriate for you based on your personal circumstances and financial goals. As such, before annuitizing or selecting a payment option, you should consult with a financial professional and/or contact us at our Service Center to obtain information on what the annuity payment would be prior to annuitizing. Please note that if you annuitize, you will be unable to make withdrawals from the Contract.

------

#### Contract Features
**Accessing your Money**. Before you annuitize, you can withdraw money from your Contract. If you take a withdrawal, you may have to pay income taxes, including a 10% federal tax penalty if you are younger than age 59½.

**Tax Treatment**. You may transfer among the Funds without paying any current income tax and any earnings are generally tax-deferred. You are taxed when you make a withdrawal or surrender your Contract, receive an income payment from the Contract, or upon payment of a death benefit.

**Death Benefits**. The Contract provides a death benefit payout, at no additional cost, to your Beneficiaries during the accumulation phase. The Death Benefit Amount for the standard death benefit is the Contract Value. For an additional cost, an optional death benefit rider may be purchased which can increase the amount of money payable to your Beneficiaries. The riders that are currently available are:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● **Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit**

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● **Stepped-Up Death Benefit**

For more information, restrictions, and when you may purchase available death benefit riders, see the **BENEFITS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT** and **Optional Death Benefit Riders** sections.

**Living Benefits**. We offer optional guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit riders, for an additional cost. The guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit riders focus on providing an income stream for life through withdrawals during the accumulation phase beginning at the age for lifetime withdrawals specified by the rider, if certain conditions are met. The riders that are currently available are:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● **Future Income Generator (Single and Joint)**

For more information, restrictions, and when you may purchase available living benefit riders, see the **BENEFITS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT** and **Optional Living Benefit Riders** sections.

**Additional Services**. See the **BENEFITS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT** and **Systematic Transfers** sections for more information and restrictions.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● **Portfolio Rebalancing**. Allows you to automatically rebalance your values among Variable Investment Options based on percentages that you specify, can be rebalanced on a quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis.

If you have any questions about which benefits or services apply to your Contract, review your most recent Contract statement or contact your Schwab investment professional for more information.

We offer a variety of variable annuity contracts. Not every contract we issue is available through every selling broker-dealer. Upon request, your financial professional can provide information regarding our other variable annuity contracts that his or her broker-dealer makes available. You can also contact us to find out more about the availability of any of our variable annuity contracts.

#### KEY INFORMATION
*<u>Important information you should consider about the Schwab Retirement Income Variable Annuity individual flexible premium deferred variable annuity contract.</u>*

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **FEES, EXPENSES, AND ADJUSTMENTS** | **FEES, EXPENSES, AND ADJUSTMENTS** | **LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS** |
| **Are There Charges or Adjustments for Early Withdrawals?** | There are no withdrawal charges. | **Fee Tables**<br> **Optional Withdrawals** |
| **Are There Transaction Charges?** | **No.** Other than withdrawal charges, there are no other transaction charges under this Contract (for example, sales loads, charges for transferring Contract Value between Investment Options, or wire transfer fees). | **Optional Benefit Expenses** |

---

------

 

**Lowest Annual Cost: $1,054.14** **Highest Annual Cost: $2,592.16**

Assumes:&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;●Investment
 of $100,000&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;●5%
 annual appreciation&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;●Least
 expensive combination of base Contract and Fund fees and expenses&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;●No
 optional benefits&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;●No
 sales charges&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;●No
 additional purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;●No
 loans or loan interest charges Assumes: &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ● Investment of $100,000 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ● 5% annual appreciation &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ● Most expensive combination of base Contract, optional benefits, and Fund fees and expenses &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ● No sales charges &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ● No additional purchase payments, transfers, or withdrawals &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ● No loans or loan interest charges

<sup>1</sup> As a percentage of the average daily Variable Account Value. This percentage includes the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge and the Administrative Fee.

<sup>2</sup> As a percentage of Fund assets.

<sup>3</sup> As a percentage of the Protected Payment Base (living benefits) or average daily Variable Account Value (optional death benefits).

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **RISKS** | **RISKS** | **LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS** |
| **Is There a Risk of Loss from Poor Performance?** | **Yes.** You can lose money by investing in the Contract, including 100% loss of principal and previous earnings. | **Principal Risks of Investing in the Contract** |
| **Is This a Short-Term Investment?** | **No.** This Contract is not a short-term investment and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. Amounts withdrawn from the Contract may result in taxes and tax penalties. <br> The benefits of tax deferral, long-term income, and living benefits are generally more  | **Principal Risks of Investing in the Contract**  |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **RISKS** | **RISKS** | **LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS** |
|  | beneficial to investors with a long-term investment horizon. |  |
| **What Are the Risks Associated with the Investment Options?** | An investment in this Contract is subject to the risk of poor investment performance and can vary depending on the performance of the Investment Options available under the Contract (e.g. Funds).<br> Each Investment Option will have its own unique risks.<br> You should review, working with your Schwab investment professional, the Investment Options before making an investment decision. | **Principal Risks of Investing in the Contract** <br> **Appendix: Investment Options Available Under the Contract** |
| **What Are the Risks Related to the Insurance Company?** | Investment in the Contract is subject to the risks related to us, and any obligations, guarantees, or benefits are subject to our claims-paying ability. If we experience financial distress, we may not be able to meet our obligations to you. More information about us, including our financial strength ratings, is available upon request by calling a Schwab Annuity Specialist at (888) 311-4887 or visiting our website at www.PacificLife.com. | **Principal Risks of Investing in the Contract** |

---

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **RESTRICTIONS** | **RESTRICTIONS** | **LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS** |
| **Are There Restrictions on the Investment Options?** | **Yes.** Not all Variable Investment Options may be available to you.<br> Transfers between Variable Investment Options are limited to 25 each calendar year. Transfers to or from a Variable Investment Option cannot be made before the seventh calendar day following the last transfer to or from the same Variable Investment Option. <br> Certain Funds may stop accepting additional investments into the Fund or a Fund may liquidate. In addition, if a Fund determines that excessive trading has occurred, they may limit your ability to continue to invest in their Fund for a certain period of time.<br> We reserve the right to remove, close to new investment, or substitute Funds as Investment Options. | **Transfers and Market-Timing Restrictions**<br> **Additional Information-Changes to All Contracts**<br> **Appendix: Investment Options Available Under the Contract**  |
| **Are There Any Restrictions on Contract Benefits?** | **Yes.** Certain optional living benefits limit or restrict the Investment Options that you may select under the Contract. We may change these limits or restrictions in the future.<br> Withdrawals that exceed withdrawal limits specified by an optional living benefit may affect the availability of the benefit, by reducing the benefit by an amount greater than the value withdrawn, and/or could terminate the benefit. <br> We may stop offering an optional living benefit or optional death benefit at any time, including for current Contract Owners who have not yet purchased the rider.<br> We reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments for a rider and, as a result, we will not accept Purchase Payments for your Contract. If we exercise that right, you will not be able to increase protected amounts or your Contract Value through additional Purchase Payments. | **Death Benefits and Optional Death Benefit Riders**<br> **Optional Living Benefit Riders**<br> **Appendix: Investment Options Available Under the Contract**  |

---

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **TAXES** | **TAXES** | **LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS** |
| **What Are the Contract's Tax Implications?** | You should consult with a tax professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in and payments received under the Contract.<br> It is important to know that IRAs and Qualified Plans are already tax-deferred which means the tax deferral feature of a variable annuity does not provide a benefit in  | **Federal Tax Issues**<br> **Principal Risks of Investing in**  |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **TAXES** | **LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS** |
| addition to that already offered by an IRA or Qualified Plan. An annuity contract should only be used to fund an IRA or Qualified Plan to benefit from the annuity's features other than tax deferral.<br> Withdrawals will be subject to ordinary income tax and may be subject to a tax penalty if you take a withdrawal before age 59½.  | **the Contract – Tax Consequences** |

---

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **CONFLICTS OF INTEREST** | **CONFLICTS OF INTEREST** | **LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS** |
| **How Are Investment Professionals Compensated?** | Some Schwab investment professionals may receive compensation for selling this Contract to you in the form of commissions, additional payments, non-cash compensation, and/or reimbursement of expenses. These Schwab investment professionals may have a financial incentive to offer or recommend this Contract over another investment that may pay less compensation.  | **Distribution Arrangements** |
| **Should I Exchange My Contract?** | Some Schwab investment professionals may have a financial incentive to offer you a new contract in place of the one you already own.<br> You should only exchange your contract if you determine, after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both contracts, and any fees or penalties to terminate the existing contract, that it is preferable for you to purchase the new contract rather than continue to own the existing contract.  | **Replacement of Life Insurance or Annuities** |

---

#### FEE TABLES
**The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering or making withdrawals from an Investment Option or from the Contract. Please refer to your Contract specifications page for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.**

**The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you surrender or make withdrawals from an Investment Option or from the Contract. State premium taxes may also be deducted.**

#### Transaction Expenses
<br> Maximum Withdrawal Charge None

**The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay *each year* during the time that you own the Contract (not including Fund fees and expenses). If you choose to purchase an optional benefit, you will pay additional charges, as shown below. Please be advised that some of the optional benefits listed in the table below may be no longer available for purchase. Please see the APPENDIX: OPTIONAL RIDERS NOT AVAILABLE FOR PURCHASE section for more information.**

#### Annual Contract Expenses

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| &nbsp;&nbsp; **Base Contract Expenses (as a percentage of average daily Variable Account Value or Contract Value)<sup>1</sup>**  | 0.60% |
| &nbsp;&nbsp; ***Optional Benefit Expenses*** |  |
| &nbsp;&nbsp; *Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Maximum Charges* (as a percentage of the Protected Payment Base)* |  |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Income Generator (Single)  | 1.50% |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Income Generator (Joint)  | 1.75% |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Future Income Generator (Single)<sup>2</sup>  | 2.50% |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Future Income Generator (Joint)<sup>2</sup>  | 2.75% |
| &nbsp;&nbsp; *Death Benefit Maximum Charges* (as a percentage of the average daily Variable Account Value)* |  |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit  | 0.20% |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider  | 0.40% |

---

<sup>1</sup> This percentage includes the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge and the Administrative Fee. The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge and the Administrative Fee will stop at the Annuity Date. See the **Mortality and Expense Risk Charge** and **Administrative Fee** sections for more information.

<sup>2</sup> The current charge for new elections for these riders is disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement.

------

**The next item shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract. Expenses shown may change over time and may be higher or lower in the future. A complete list of Investment Options available under the Contract, including their annual expenses, may be found in the APPENDIX: INVESTMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT.**

<br> #### Annual Fund Expenses
Expenses that are deducted from fund assets, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees, and other expenses.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **Minimum** | **Maximum** |
| 0.54% | 0.57% |

---

#### Examples
The Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Variable Options with the cost of investing in other annuity contracts that offer variable options. These costs include transaction expenses, annual Contract expenses, and annual Fund expenses.

The Example assumes all Contract Value is allocated to the Variable Options.

The example assumes that you invest $100,000 in the Variable Options for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the most expensive combination of annual Fund expenses and optional benefits available for an additional charge. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

● If you surrender or annuitize your Contract at the end of the applicable time period, or do *not* surrender your Contract:

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **1 Year** | **3 Years** | **5 Years** | **10 Years** |
| $3942 | $12442 | $21747 | $48435 |

---

#### PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE CONTRACT

#### Market Risk
You can lose money by investing in this Contract, including loss of principal. Your investment is subject to the risk of poor investment performance and can vary depending on the performance of the Investment Options you have chosen. Each Investment Option will have its own unique risks. The value of each Investment Option will fluctuate with the value of the investments it holds, and returns are not guaranteed. Certain Investment Options may use futures and options to reduce the portfolios' equity exposure during periods when market indicators suggest high market volatility. This strategy is designed to reduce the risk of market losses from investing in equity securities. However, this strategy may result in periods of underperformance, including periods when specified benchmark indexes are appreciating but market volatility is high. As a result, your Contract Value may increase less than it would have without these defensive actions. You bear the risk of any Investment Option you choose.

You should read each Fund prospectus carefully before investing. You can obtain a Fund prospectus by contacting your financial professional or by visiting PacificLife.com/Prospectuses. No assurance can be given that a Fund will achieve its investment objectives. The risk could also have a significant negative impact on certain benefits and guarantees under the Contract. The Contract is not a deposit or obligation of, or guaranteed or endorsed by any bank. It is not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the Federal Reserve Board, or any other government agency.

#### Early Withdrawal Risks
This Contract is not suitable as short-term savings vehicle. This Contract may not be the right one for you if you need to withdraw money for short-term needs, because tax penalties for early withdrawal may apply. Additionally, since the benefits associated with the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit riders are not available until the Designated Life is 59 1/2 (Future Income Generator Single and Joint) years of age or older, early withdrawals may reduce or terminate the benefits associated with the riders.

An annuity contract may be appropriate if you are looking for retirement income or you want to meet other long-term financial objectives. Discuss with your Schwab investment professional whether a variable annuity, a living benefit rider, an optional death benefit rider and which underlying Investment Options are appropriate for you, taking into consideration your age, income, net worth, tax status, insurance needs, financial objectives, investment goals, liquidity needs, time horizon, risk tolerance and other relevant

------

information. Together you can decide if a variable annuity is right for you. We are a variable annuity provider. We are not a fiduciary and therefore do not give advice or make recommendations regarding insurance or investment products.

#### Contract Changes Risk
We reserve the right to remove or substitute Investment Options, stop accepting additional Purchase Payments, and impose investment restrictions or limitations on transfers. Certain optional benefits limit or restrict the Investment Options that you may select under the Contract. We may change these restrictions in the future. We may discontinue or modify certain services at any time. We may stop offering an optional benefit at any time for new sales.

#### Contract Benefits Risk
Certain benefits under the Contract may limit the Investment Options that are available to you and failure to follow these restrictions may result in a failure to receive the benefits under your Contract. If you choose an optional living benefit rider, you must follow any investment allocation requirements for the rider during the entire time you own the rider. The allowable Investment Options may seek to minimize market risk, may reduce investment returns, and may reduce the likelihood that we will be required to make payments under the benefit. Withdrawals may reduce the value of a benefit by an amount greater than the value withdrawn, which could significantly reduce the value or even terminate the benefit.

The Contract offers dollar cost averaging, which neither assures a profit nor protects against a loss. Because systematic investing programs like dollar cost averaging involves continuous investing regardless of fluctuating price levels, you should carefully consider your tolerance to continue investing through periods of fluctuating prices. Also, you may miss out on potential growth if the market increases suddenly since systematic investing is spread out over time. The Contract also offers portfolio rebalancing services which allow you to automatically rebalance your values among Variable Investment Options based on percentages that you specify on a specific time frame (i.e. quarterly). Rebalancing may result in transferring out of a high performing Investment Option thereby reducing your potential for future growth. Similarly, rebalancing may result in transferring into an underperforming Investment Option.

We currently do not offer any asset allocation programs or models. We reserve the right to add an asset allocation model or program as an additional optional Investment Option in the future and add, remove or change allowable Investment Options at any time. Asset allocation, in general, is an investment strategy intended to optimize the selection of Investment Options for a given level of risk tolerance, in order to attempt to maximize returns and limit the effect of market volatility over the long term. There is no guarantee that an asset allocation model or program will not lose money or experience volatility. A model may fail to perform as intended, or may perform worse than any single Investment Option, asset class or different combination of Investment Options. In addition, the model is subject to all the risks associated with its underlying Investment Options.

#### Insurance Company Risks
Investment in the Contract is subject to the risks related to us, and any obligations, guarantees, or benefits are backed by our claims paying ability and financial strength. You must look to our strength with regard to such guarantees. Your Schwab investment professional's firm is not responsible for any Contract guarantees.

#### Tax Consequences
Non-Qualified and Qualified Contracts are available. You buy a Qualified Contract under a qualified retirement or pension plan, or some form of an individual retirement annuity or account (IRA). It is important to know that IRAs and Qualified Plans are already tax-deferred which means the tax deferral feature of a variable annuity does not provide a benefit in addition to that already offered by an IRA or Qualified Plan. An annuity contract should only be used to fund an IRA or Qualified Plan to benefit from the annuity's features other than tax deferral. Withdrawals taken from a variable annuity prior to age 59½ may be subject to a tax penalty of 10% of the taxable portion, although there are exceptions to the tax penalty that may apply.

Please be aware that the sale or liquidation of any stock, bond, IRA, certificate of deposit, mutual fund, annuity or other asset to fund the purchase of this Contract may have tax consequences, early withdrawal penalties or other costs or penalties as a result of the sale or liquidation. You may want to consult independent legal or financial advice before selling or liquidating any assets prior to the purchase of this Contract.

#### Cybersecurity and Business Continuity Risks
Our business relies heavily on the effective operation of our computer systems and networks, as well as those of our business partners and service providers. Consequently, we are potentially susceptible to operational and information security risks associated with the technologies, processes and procedures designed to protect networks, systems, computers, programs and information from cyber-attacks, operational failure, AI misuse, damage or unauthorized access. These risks include but are not limited to, theft, loss, misuse, corruption and destruction of information maintained online or digitally, denial of service on websites and other operational failures, and unauthorized disclosure of confidential, proprietary and customer information. Cyber-attacks affecting us, any third-party administrator, the underlying Funds, intermediaries, and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us and your Contract Value.. For instance, cyber-attacks or operational incidents may interfere with Contract transaction processing, including the processing of orders from our website or with the underlying Funds; impact our ability to calculate Accumulated Unit Values, Subaccount Unit Values or an underlying Fund to calculate a net asset value; cause the disclosure and possible destruction of

------

confidential, proprietary and customer information; impede order processing; subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines, litigation, loss of business, financial losses and reputational damage. Cybersecurity risks may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying Funds invest, which may cause the Funds underlying your Contract to lose value. The digitalization, increased information availability, use of new and constantly evolving technologies, the increased sophistication and severity of cyber campaigns, and the heightened geopolitical risk and tension, continue to pose new and significant cybersecurity and operational risks and threats. While measures and controls have been adopted and are periodically reviewed and updated to mitigate cybersecurity and operational risks, there can be no guarantee or assurance that we, the underlying Funds, or our service providers will not suffer losses affecting your Contract due to cyber-attacks, operational incidents, misuse of AI, or information security breaches in the future.

We are also exposed to risks related to natural and man-made disasters or other events, including (but not limited to) earthquakes, fires, floods, storms, epidemics and pandemics (such as COVID-19), geopolitical tensions, armed conflicts, wars, terrorist acts, civil unrest, malicious acts and/or other events that could adversely affect our ability to conduct business. The risks from such events are common to all insurers. To mitigate such risks, we have business continuity plans in place that include remote workforces, remote system and telecommunication accessibility, and other plans to ensure availability of critical resources and business continuity during an event. Such events can also have an adverse impact on financial markets, U.S. and global economies, service providers, and Fund performance for the funds available through your Contract. There can be no assurance that we, the Funds, or our service providers will avoid such adverse impacts due to such events and some events may be beyond control and cannot be fully mitigated or foreseen.

------

#### BENEFITS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT
The following tables summarize information about the benefits available under the Contract.

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Standard Benefits (No Additional Charge)** | **Standard Benefits (No Additional Charge)** | **Standard Benefits (No Additional Charge)** | **Standard Benefits (No Additional Charge)** |
| **Name of Benefit** | **Purpose** | **Maximum Annual Fee** | **Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitations** |
| Portfolio Rebalancing | Allows you to automatically rebalance your values among Variable Investment Options based on percentages that you specify. | No Charge | ● Rebalancing can be made quarterly, semi-annually, or annually.<br> ● Only available prior to the Annuity Date.<br> ● Program transfers do not count against limits on permitted transfers.<br> ● We may discontinue, modify, or suspend this service at any time. |
| Death Benefit Amount | Provides a death benefit equal to the Net Contract Value.  | No Charge | ● Poor investment performance will reduce the death benefit amount.<br> ● Withdrawals will reduce the death benefit amount.<br> ● This benefit terminates upon annuitization. |
| Pre-Authorized Withdrawals | Allows you to automatically take partial withdrawals from the Contract | No Charge | ● Withdrawals can occur monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually.<br> ● Withdrawals will reduce Contract Value and may reduce benefits. The reduction to a benefit may be more than the amount withdrawn, and could terminate a benefit. <br> ● Withdrawals may be subject to taxes and potential tax penalties.<br> ● Only available prior to the Annuity Date.<br> ● We may discontinue, modify, or suspend this service at any time. |

---

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Optional Living Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** | **Optional Living Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** | **Optional Living Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** | **Optional Living Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** |
| **Name of Benefit** | **Purpose** | **Maximum Annual Fee** | **Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitations** |
| Future Income Generator (Single)  | This benefit focuses on providing guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals, regardless of market performance, on a single life (the Designated Life). Provides for an amount to be added to the protected amount, which may increase the amount you can withdraw in future years. | 2.50% (as a percentage of Protected Payment Base) | ● Available only at Contract purchase.<br> ● Designated Life must be 85 or younger at purchase.<br> ● You may only have one guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit in effect at the same time.<br> ● Must follow investment allocation requirements which limit the number of allowable Investment Options.<br> ● Lifetime withdrawals are available starting at age 59½.<br> ● An Annual Credit amount that may be added to the protected amount stops on the earliest of the first withdrawal or 10 Contract Anniversaries.<br> ● Taking a withdrawal before age 59  |

---

------

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Optional Living Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** | **Optional Living Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** | **Optional Living Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** | **Optional Living Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** |
| **Name of Benefit** | **Purpose** | **Maximum Annual Fee** | **Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitations** |
|  |  |  | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ½ or withdrawal amounts that are greater than what is allowed on an annual basis after age 59 ½ may reduce the benefit by more than the amount withdrawn and may terminate the rider.<br> ● Any unused allowable annual withdrawal amount cannot be carried over to later years.<br> ● May not voluntarily terminate the rider.<br> ● We reserve the right to reject and restrict additional Purchase Payments. <br> ● Benefit and benefit charges terminate upon annuitization. |
| Future Income Generator (Joint)  | This benefit focuses on providing guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals, regardless of market performance, on joint lives (the Designated Lives). Provides for an amount to be added to the protected amount, which may increase the amount you can withdraw in future years. | 2.75% (as a percentage of Protected Payment Base) | ● Available only at Contract purchase.<br> ● Both Designated Lives must be 85 or younger at purchase.<br> ● You may only have one guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit in effect at the same time.<br> ● Must follow investment allocation requirements which limit the number of allowable Investment Options.<br> ● Lifetime withdrawals are available when the youngest Designated Life is age 59½.<br> ● An Annual Credit amount that may be added to the protected amount stops on the earlier of the first withdrawal or 10 Contract Anniversaries.<br> ● Taking a withdrawal before the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or withdrawal amounts that are greater than what is allowed on an annual basis after the youngest Designated Life is age 59 ½ may reduce the benefit by more than the amount withdrawn and may terminate the rider.<br> ● Any unused allowable annual withdrawal amount cannot be carried over to later years.<br> ● May not voluntarily terminate the rider. <br> ● We reserve the right to reject and restrict additional Purchase Payments.<br> ● Benefit and benefit charges terminate upon annuitization. |
| Income Generator (Single)  | This benefit focuses on providing guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals, regardless of market performance, on a single life (the  | 1.50% (as a percentage of Protected  | ● Designated Life must be 85 or younger at purchase.<br> ● You may only have one guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit in  |

---

------

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Optional Living Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** | **Optional Living Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** | **Optional Living Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** | **Optional Living Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** |
| **Name of Benefit** | **Purpose** | **Maximum Annual Fee** | **Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitations** |
|  | Designated Life). Provides for automatic resets which may increase the amount that can be withdrawn in the future.  | Payment Base) | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; effect at the same time.<br> ● Must follow investment allocation requirements.<br> ● Lifetime withdrawals are available starting at age 65. <br> ● Withdrawal amounts that are greater than what is allowed on an annual basis may adversely affect the benefits provided.<br> ● May not voluntarily terminate the rider.<br> ● Benefits and benefit charges terminate upon annuitization. |
| Income Generator (Joint)  | This benefit focuses on providing guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals, regardless of market performance, on joint lives (the Designated Lives). Provides for automatic resets which may increase the amount that can be withdrawn in the future.  | 1.75% (as a percentage of Protected Payment Base) | ● Both Designated Lives must be 85 or younger at purchase.<br> ● You may only have one guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit in effect at the same time.<br> ● Must follow investment allocation requirements.<br> ● Lifetime withdrawals are available when the youngest Designated Life is age 65.<br> ● Withdrawal amounts that are greater than what is allowed on an annual basis may adversely affect the benefits provided.<br> ● May not voluntarily terminate the rider.<br> ● Benefits and benefit charges terminate upon annuitization. |

---

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Optional Death Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** | **Optional Death Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** | **Optional Death Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** | **Optional Death Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** |
| **Name of Benefit** | **Purpose** | **Maximum Annual Fee** | **Brief Description of Restriction/Limitations** |
| Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit | This optional benefit provides a death benefit equal to the greater of the death benefit amount under the Contract or the sum of all payments made, adjusted by a pro rata reduction for each prior withdrawal. | 0.20% (as a percentage of average daily Variable Account Value) | ● Available for purchase before the Contract is issued.<br> ● Certain ownership changes may reduce benefits.<br> ● Ability to purchase benefit is limited to person who is 75 or younger on the Contract Date.<br> ● Withdrawals may reduce this benefit and the reduction made may be greater than the actual amount withdrawn.<br> ● This benefit terminates upon annuitization or when the Contract Value is reduced to zero.<br> ● May not voluntarily terminate the rider. |
| Stepped-Up Death Benefit | This optional benefit provides the ability to lock-in market gains and  | 0.40% (as a percentage of  | ● Cannot purchase this benefit after the Contract Date |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Optional Death Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** | **Optional Death Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** | **Optional Death Benefits (Additional Charges Apply)** |
| **Name of Benefit** | **Maximum Annual Fee** | **Brief Description of Restriction/Limitations** |
| pay a stepped-up benefit, which is the highest death benefit amount due under the Contract on any previous anniversary date of the issue date of the Contract, prior to the Owner's 81<sup>st</sup> birthday. | average daily Variable Account Value) | ● Must be 75 or younger on the Contract Date.<br> ● Certain ownership changes may reduce benefits.<br> ● Withdrawals may reduce this benefit and the reduction made may be greater than the actual amount withdrawn.<br> ● Step-ups stop on the Contract Anniversary prior to the oldest owner or annuitant reaching age 81.<br> ● This benefit terminates upon annuitization or when the Contract Value is reduced to zero.<br> ● May not voluntarily terminate the rider. |

---

------

#### YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS
*Work with your Schwab investment professional to help you choose the right Investment Options for your investment goals and risk tolerance.*

You may choose among the different Variable Investment Options. You can find a complete list of the Variable Investment Options available under the Contract in the **APPENDIX: INVESTMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT**.

------

#### BUYING YOUR CONTRACT

#### How to Apply for Your Contract
To purchase a Contract, you must work with your Schwab investment professional to fill out an application and submit it along with your initial Purchase Payment to Pacific Life & Annuity Company at P.O. Box 2736, Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2736. In those instances when we receive electronic transmission of the information on the application from Schwab and our administrative procedures with Schwab so provide, we consider the application to be received on the Business Day we receive the transmission. If your application and Purchase Payment are complete when received, or once they have become complete, we will issue your Contract within 2 Business Days. If some information is missing from your application, we may delay issuing your Contract while we obtain the missing information. However, we will not hold your initial Purchase Payment for more than 5 Business Days without your permission. In any case, we will not hold your initial Purchase Payment after 20 Business Days.

You may also purchase a Contract by exchanging your existing annuity. Some financial professionals may have a financial incentive to offer you this Contract in place of the one you already own. You should only exchange your existing contract for this Contract if you determine, after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both contracts, that it is preferable for you to purchase this Contract rather than continue your existing contract. Call your Schwab investment professional if you are working with one, or call a Schwab Annuity Specialist at (888) 311-4887. You can reach PL&A directly at (800) 748-6907 or, if you are a Schwab investment professional, please call PL&A at (800) 610-4823.

We reserve the right to reject any application or Purchase Payment for any reason, subject to any applicable nondiscrimination laws and to our own standards and guidelines. On your application, you must provide us with a valid U.S. tax identification number for federal, state, and local tax reporting purposes.

The maximum age of a Contract Owner/Annuitant, including Joint Owners/Annuitants and Contingent Annuitants, for which a Contract will be issued is 90. The Contract Owner's age is calculated as of his or her last birthday. If any Contract Owner or any sole Annuitant named in the application for a Contract dies and we are notified of the death before we issue the Contract, then we will return the amount we received. If we issue the Contract and are subsequently notified after issuance that the death occurred prior to issue, then the application for the Contract and/or any Contract issued will be deemed cancelled and a refund will be issued. The refund amount will be the Contract Value based upon the next determined Accumulated Unit Value (AUV) after we receive proof of death, In Proper Form, of the Contract Owner or Annuitant, plus a refund of any amount used to pay premium taxes and/or any other taxes. Any refunded assets may be subject to probate.

#### Making Your Investments ("Purchase Payments")
*Making Your Initial Purchase Payment*

Your initial Purchase Payment must be at least $50,000 for Non-Qualified or Qualified Contracts. For Non-Qualified Contracts, if the entire minimum initial Purchase Payment is not included when you submit your application, you must establish a pre-authorized investment program. A pre-authorized investment program allows you to pay the remainder of the required initial Purchase Payment in equal installments over the first Contract Year. Further requirements for the pre-authorized investment program are discussed in the Pre-Authorized Investment Request form.

We reserve the right to reject additional Purchase Payments. Your Contract requires that you must obtain our consent before making an initial or additional Purchase Payment that will bring your aggregate Purchase Payments over $1,000,000. For purposes of this limit, the aggregate Purchase Payments are based on all contracts for which you are either owner and/or annuitant.

*Making Additional Purchase Payments*

If your Contract is Non-Qualified, you may choose to invest additional amounts in your Contract at any time. If your Contract is Qualified, the method of contribution and contribution limits may be restricted by the Qualified Plan or the Internal Revenue Code ("the **Code**"). Each additional Purchase Payment must be at least $250 for a Non-Qualified Contract and $50 for a Qualified Contract. Currently, we are not enforcing the minimum additional Purchase Payment amounts but we reserve the right to enforce the minimum additional Purchase Payment amounts in the future. We will provide at least a 30 calendar day prior notice before we enforce the minimum additional Purchase Payment amounts. Additional Purchase Payments will be allocated according to the instructions we have on file unless we receive specific allocation instructions.

*Forms of Purchase Payment*

Your initial and additional Purchase Payments may be sent by personal or bank check or by wire transfer. Purchase Payments must be made in a form acceptable to us before we can process it. Acceptable forms of Purchase Payments are:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● personal checks or cashier's checks drawn on a U.S. bank,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● money orders and traveler's checks in single denominations of more than $10,000 if they originate in a U.S. bank,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● third party payments when there is a clear connection of the third party to the underlying transaction, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● wire transfers that originate in U.S. banks.

We will not accept Purchase Payments in the following forms:

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● cash,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● credit cards or checks drawn against a credit card account,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● money orders or traveler's checks in single denominations of $10,000 or less,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● starter checks,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● home equity checks,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● eChecks,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● cashier's checks, money orders, traveler's checks or personal checks drawn on non-U.S. banks, even if the payment may be effected through a U.S. bank,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● third party payments if there is not a clear connection of the third party to the underlying transaction, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● wire transfers that originate from foreign bank accounts.

All unacceptable forms of Purchase Payments will be returned to the payor along with a letter of explanation. We reserve the right to reject or accept any form of payment. Any unacceptable Purchase Payment inadvertently invested may be returned and the amount returned may be more or less than the amount submitted. If a Purchase Payment is made by check other than a cashier's check, we may hold the check and the payment of any withdrawal proceeds and any refund during the "Right to Cancel" period may be delayed until we receive confirmation in our Service Center that your check has cleared. In general, a delay of the payment of withdrawal proceeds or any refund during the check hold period will not exceed ten Business Days after we receive your withdrawal or "Right to Cancel" request In Proper Form. We will calculate the value of your proceeds as of the end of the Business Day we received your withdrawal or "Right to Cancel" request In Proper Form.

#### HOW YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED

#### Choosing Your Investment Options
You may allocate your Purchase Payments among any of the available Investment Options. If we do not receive instructions allocating your initial Purchase Payment, your application is not In Proper Form and we will not issue your Contract. Allocations of your initial Purchase Payment to the Investment Options you selected will be effective on your Contract Date. Each additional Purchase Payment will be allocated to the Investment Options according to your allocation instructions in your application, or most recent instructions, if any, subject to the terms described in **WITHDRAWALS – Right to Cancel ("Free Look")**. If you purchased an optional living benefit rider, you must allocate your entire Contract Value to the allowable Investment Options made available for these riders. We reserve the right to require that your allocation to any particular Investment Option must be at least $500. We also reserve the right (with prior written notice) to transfer any remaining Account Value that is not at least $500 to your other Investment Options on a pro rata basis relative to your most recent allocation instructions.

If your Contract is issued in exchange for another annuity contract or a life insurance policy, our administrative procedures may vary.

#### Investing in Variable Investment Options
Each time you allocate your Purchase Payment to a Variable Investment Option, your Contract is credited with a number of "Subaccount Units" in that Subaccount. The number of Subaccount Units credited is equal to the amount you have allocated to that Subaccount, divided by the "Unit Value" of one Unit of that Subaccount.

*Example*: You allocate $600 to Subaccount A. At the end of the Business Day on which your allocation is effective, the value of one Unit in Subaccount A is $15. As a result, 40 Subaccount Units are credited to your Contract for your $600 ($600 / $15 = 40).

*Your Variable Account Value Will Change*

After we credit your Contract with Subaccount Units, the value of those Units will usually fluctuate. This means that, from time to time, your Purchase Payments allocated to the Variable Investment Options may be worth more or less than the original Purchase Payments to which those amounts can be attributed. Fluctuations in Subaccount Unit Value will not change the number of Units credited to your Contract.

Subaccount Unit Values will vary in accordance with the investment performance of the corresponding Fund. For example, the value of Units in Subaccount A will change to reflect the performance of the corresponding Fund (including that Fund's investment income, its capital gains and losses, and its expenses). Subaccount Unit Values are also adjusted to reflect the Administrative Fee, applicable Mortality and Expense Risk Charge imposed on the Separate Account, charges associated with any optional living benefit or death benefit riders, transfers, and withdrawals.

We calculate the value of all Subaccount Units on each Business Day.

*Calculating Subaccount Unit Values*

We calculate the Unit Value of the Subaccount Units in each Variable Investment Option as of the close of each Business Day, usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. At the end of each Business Day, the Unit Value for a Subaccount is equal to:

------

Y × Z

where (Y) = the Unit Value for that Subaccount as of the end of the preceding Business Day; and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(Z) = the Net Investment Factor for that Subaccount for the period (a "valuation period") between that Business Day and the immediately preceding Business Day.

The "Net Investment Factor" for a Subaccount for any valuation period is equal to:

(A ÷ B) - C

where (A) = the "per share value of the assets" of that Subaccount as of the end of that valuation period, which is equal to: a + b + c

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(a) = the net asset value per share of the corresponding Fund shares held by that Subaccount as of the end of that valuation period;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(b) = the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain distributions made by each Fund during that valuation period; and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(c) = any per share charge (a negative number) or credit (a positive number) for any income taxes and/or any other taxes or other amounts set aside during that valuation period as a reserve for any income and/or any other taxes which we determine to have resulted from the operations of the Subaccount or Contract, and/or any taxes attributable, directly or indirectly, to Purchase Payments;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(B) = the net asset value per share of the corresponding Fund shares held by the Subaccount as of the end of the preceding valuation period; and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(C) = a factor that assesses against the Subaccount net assets for each calendar day in the valuation period the Risk Charge plus the Administrative Fee and any applicable increase in the Risk Charge (see **CHARGES, FEES AND ADJUSTMENTS**).

The Subaccount Unit Value may increase or decrease from one valuation period to another. For Subaccount Unit Values please go to www.PacificLife.com.

#### When Your Purchase Payment is Effective
Your initial Purchase Payment is effective on the Business Day we issue your Contract, which will not be later than 2 Business Days after we receive your initial Purchase Payment and application In Proper Form. Any additional Purchase Payment is effective on the Business Day we receive it In Proper Form. See **ADDITIONAL INFORMATION** – **Inquiries and Submitting Forms and Requests**.

The day your Purchase Payment is effective determines the Unit Value at which Subaccount Units are attributed to your Contract. In the case of transfers or withdrawals, the effective day determines the Unit Value at which affected Subaccount Units are debited and/or credited under your Contract. That Unit Value is the value of the Subaccount Units next calculated after your transaction is effective. Orders received In Proper Form before 4:00pm EST on a Business Day will receive the Unit Value for that day. Orders received In Proper Form after 4:00pm EST will receive the next Business Day's Unit Value. Your Variable Account Value begins to reflect the investment performance results of your new allocations on the day after your transaction is effective.

#### Transfers and Market-timing Restrictions
*Transfers* 

Transfers are allowed 30 calendar days after the Contract Date. Currently, we are not enforcing this restriction but we reserve the right to enforce it in the future. We will provide at least a 30 calendar day prior notice before we enforce the 30 calendar day waiting period after the Contract Date. Once your Purchase Payments are allocated to the Investment Options you selected, you may transfer your Account Value from any Investment Option to any other Investment Option. Transfers are limited to 25 for each calendar year.

Transfers to or from a Variable Investment Option cannot be made before the seventh calendar day following the last transfer to or from the same Variable Investment Option. If the seventh calendar day is not a Business Day, then a transfer may not occur until the next Business Day. The day of the last transfer is not considered a calendar day for purposes of meeting this requirement. For example, if you make a transfer into the Schwab VIT Growth Variable Investment Option on Monday, you may not make any transfers to or from that Variable Investment Option before the following Monday.

For the purpose of applying the limitations, multiple transfers that occur on the same calendar day are considered 1 transfer. Transfers that occur as a result of the portfolio rebalancing program are excluded from these limitations. Also, allocations of Purchase Payments are not subject to these limitations.

If you have used all 25 transfers available to you in a calendar year, you may no longer make transfers between the Investment Options until the start of the next calendar year.

There are no exceptions to the above transfer limitations in the absence of an error, a substitution of Investment Options, or reorganization of underlying Portfolios, or other extraordinary circumstances.

------

If we deny a transfer request, we will notify your Schwab investment professional via telephone. If you (or your Schwab investment professional) request a transfer via telephone that exceeds the above limitations, we will notify you (or your Schwab investment professional) immediately.

Transfer requests are generally effective on the Business Day we receive them In Proper Form, unless you request a systematic transfer program with a future date.

We have the right, at our option (unless otherwise required by law), to require certain minimums in the future in connection with transfers. These may include a minimum transfer amount and a minimum Account Value, if any, for the Investment Option from which the transfer is made or to which the transfer is made. If your transfer request results in your having a remaining Account Value in an Investment Option that is less than $500 immediately after such transfer, we may (with prior written notice) transfer that Account Value to your other Investment Options on a pro rata basis, relative to your most recent allocation instructions.

We reserve the right (unless otherwise required by law) to limit the size of transfers, to restrict transfers, to require that you submit any transfer requests in writing, to suspend transfers, and to impose further limits on the number and frequency of transfers you can make. We also reserve the right to reject any transfer request. Any policy we may establish with regard to the exercise of any of these rights will be applied uniformly to all Contract Owners.

*Market-timing Restrictions*

The Contract is not designed to serve as a vehicle for frequent trading in response to short-term fluctuations in the market. Accordingly, organizations or individuals that use market-timing investment strategies and make frequent transfers should not purchase the Contract. Such frequent trading can disrupt management of the underlying Funds and raise expenses. The transfer limitations set forth above are intended to reduce frequent trading. As required by SEC regulation (Rule 22c-2 of the 1940 Act), we entered into written agreements with each Fund or its principal underwriter that require us to provide to a Fund, upon Fund request, certain information about the trading activity of individual Contract Owners. The agreement requires us to execute any Fund instructions we receive that restrict or prohibit further purchases or transfers by specific Contract Owners who violate the frequent trading or market timing policies established by a Fund. The policies of a Fund may be more restrictive than our policies or the policies of other Funds. See the Fund prospectuses for additional information.

In addition, we monitor certain large transaction activity in an attempt to detect trading that may be disruptive to the Funds. In the event transfer activity is found to be disruptive, certain future transactions by such Contract Owners, or by a Schwab investment professional or other party acting on behalf of one or more Contract Owners, will require preclearance. Frequent trading and large transactions that are disruptive to Fund management can have an adverse effect on Fund performance and therefore your Contract's performance. Such trading may also cause dilution in the value of the Investment Options held by long-term Contract Owners. While these issues can occur in connection with any of the underlying Funds, Funds holding securities that are subject to market pricing inefficiencies are more susceptible to abuse. For example, Funds holding international securities may be more susceptible to time-zone arbitrage which seeks to take advantage of pricing discrepancies occurring between the time of the closing of the market on which the security is traded and the time of pricing of the Funds.

Our policies and procedures which limit the number and frequency of transfers and which may impose preclearance requirements on certain large transactions are applied uniformly to all Contract Owners. However, there is a risk that these policies and procedures will not detect all potentially disruptive activity or will otherwise prove ineffective in whole or in part. Further, we and our affiliates make available to our variable annuity and variable life insurance Contract Owners underlying funds not affiliated with us. We are unable to monitor or restrict the trading activity with respect to shares of such funds not sold in connection with our Contracts. In the event the Board of Trustees/Directors of any underlying Fund imposes a redemption fee or trading (transfer) limitations, we will pass them on to you.

We reserve the right to restrict, in our sole discretion and without prior notice, transfers initiated by a market timing organization or individual or other party authorized to give transfer instructions on behalf of multiple Contract Owners. Such restrictions could include:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● not accepting transfer instructions from a Schwab investment professional acting on behalf of more than one Contract Owner, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● not accepting preauthorized transfer forms from market timers or other entities acting on behalf of more than one Contract Owner at a time.

We further reserve the right to impose, with 30 calendar days advance written notice, restrictions on transfers that we determine, in our sole discretion, will disadvantage or potentially hurt the rights or interests of other Contract Owners; or to comply with any applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations.

#### Systematic Transfer Option
We offer one systematic transfer option: portfolio rebalancing. There is no charge for this option and transfers under this option are not counted towards your total transfers in a calendar year. Work with your Schwab investment professional prior to electing portfolio rebalancing.

------

*Portfolio Rebalancing*

You may instruct us to maintain a specific balance of Variable Investment Options under your Contract (e.g. 30% in Subaccount A, 40% in Subaccount B, and 30% in Subaccount C). Periodically, we will "rebalance" your values in the elected Subaccounts to the percentages you have specified. Rebalancing may result in transferring amounts from a Subaccount earning a relatively higher return to one earning a relatively lower return. You may choose to have rebalances made quarterly, semi-annually or annually until your Annuity Date. Only Variable Investment Options are available for rebalancing. Detailed information appears in the **Systematic Transfer Programs—***Portfolio Rebalancing* subsection of the SAI.

#### CHARGES, FEES AND ADJUSTMENTS

#### Mortality and Expense Risk Charge and Optional Death Benefit Rider Charge
We assess a charge against the assets of each Subaccount to compensate for certain mortality and expense risks that we assume under the Contract (the "Risk Charge"). The risk that an Annuitant will live longer (and therefore receive more annuity payments) than we predict through our actuarial calculations at the time the Contract is issued is "mortality risk." The risk that the expense charges and fees under the Contract and Separate Account are less than our actual administrative and operating expenses is called "expense risk." The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is guaranteed not to increase for the life of the Contract.

This Risk Charge is assessed and deducted daily at an annual rate equal to 0.35% of each Subaccount's assets.

The Risk Charge will stop at the Annuity Date (the charge will be assessed on the Annuity Date then discontinue thereafter).

We will realize a gain if the Risk Charge exceeds our actual cost of expenses and benefits, and will suffer a loss if such actual costs exceed the Risk Charge. Any gain will become part of our General Account. We may use it for any reason, including covering sales expenses on the Contracts.

We increase your Risk Charge if you purchase an Optional Death Benefit Rider. See **Optional Death Benefit Rider Charges** below.

#### Administrative Fee
We charge an Administrative Fee as compensation for costs we incur in operating the Separate Account, issuing and administering the Contracts, including processing applications and payments, and issuing reports to you and to regulatory authorities.

The Administrative Fee is assessed and deducted daily at an annual rate equal to 0.25% of the assets of each Subaccount. This rate is guaranteed not to increase for the life of your Contract. A correlation will not necessarily exist between the actual administrative expenses attributable to a particular Contract and the Administrative Fee paid in respect of that particular Contract. We do not intend to realize a profit from this fee. The Administrative Fee will stop at the Annuity Date (the charge will be assessed on the Annuity Date then discontinue thereafter).

#### Optional Death Benefit Rider Charges
*Increase in Risk Charge if an Optional Death Benefit Rider is Purchased*

We increase your Risk Charge by an annual rate equal to 0.20% of each Subaccount's assets if you purchase the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. The total Risk Charge annual rate will be 0.55% if the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is purchased. Any increase in your Risk Charge will not continue after the Annuity Date.

We increase your Risk Charge by an annual rate equal to 0.40% of each Subaccount's assets if you purchase the Stepped-Up Death Benefit. The total Risk Charge annual rate will be 0.75% if the Stepped-Up Death Benefit is purchased. Any increase in your Risk Charge will not continue after the Annuity Date.

The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit and the Stepped-Up Death Benefit cannot be owned or in effect at the same time.

See **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Death Benefits.**

#### Optional Rider Charges
*The following disclosure applies to the Future Income Generator (Single) or (Joint) Riders.*

If you purchase an optional Rider listed in the table below, we will deduct an annual charge from your Investment Options on a proportionate basis. Deductions against your Variable Investment Options are made by debiting some of the Subaccount Units previously credited to your Contract.

The charge is deducted every 3 months following the Rider Effective Date ("Quarterly Rider Anniversary"). The Rider charge will be deducted while the Rider remains in effect and when the Rider terminates. The charge is deducted in arrears each Quarterly Rider Anniversary.

If your Rider terminates on a Quarterly Rider Anniversary, the entire charge for the prior quarter will be deducted on that anniversary. If the Rider terminates prior to a Quarterly Rider Anniversary, a prorated charge will be deducted on the earlier of the day the Contract terminates or on the Quarterly Rider Anniversary immediately following the day your Rider terminates. The charge will be determined as of the day your Rider terminates.

------

If your Rider terminates as a result of the death of the Designated Life (all Designated Lives for a Joint Life Rider) or when the death benefit becomes payable under the Contract, any annual charge deducted between the date of death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date.

If you make a full withdrawal of the amount available for withdrawal during a Contract Year, we will deduct the charge from the final payment made to you.

Once your Contract Value is zero, the Rider annual charge will no longer be deducted beginning the quarter after the Contract Value is zero. In addition, we will waive the Rider charge for the quarter in which full annuitization of the Contract occurs and the Rider annual charge will no longer be deducted.

The Rider annual charge percentage in effect on the Rider Effective Date is guaranteed not to change once a Rider is issued - even if an Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset under the Rider occurs. **You will find the current annual charge percentage in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to your Contract**. You can find more information about Protected Payment Base and an Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset for each applicable Rider in the **OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS** section.

*Annual Charge Percentage Table*

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Optional Living Benefit Rider** | **Maximum Annual Charge Percentage Under the Rider** | **The Charge is** <br> **deducted on each:** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Future Income Generator (Single) | 2.50%<br> Protected Payment Base<sup>2</sup> | &nbsp;&nbsp; Quarterly Rider Anniversary |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Future Income Generator (Joint)  | 2.75%<br> Protected Payment Base<sup>2</sup> | &nbsp;&nbsp; Quarterly Rider Anniversary |

---

<sup>1</sup> The quarterly charge is ¼ of the annual charge percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base.

<sup>2</sup> The Protected Payment Base is defined in the *Rider Terms* subsection for each rider referenced. See the **OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS** section for each rider.

*The following disclosure applies to the Income Generator (Single) or (Joint) Riders.*

*(These riders are also called "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit" in documents you may receive from us.)*

If you purchase an optional Rider listed in the table below, we will deduct an annual charge from your Investment Options on a proportionate basis. Deductions against your Variable Investment Options are made by debiting some of the Subaccount Units previously credited to your Contract.

Following the Rider Effective Date, the charge is deducted every 3 month anniversary of your Contract Date ("Quarterly Contract Anniversary"). The Rider charge will be deducted while the Rider remains in effect and when the Rider terminates. The charge is deducted in arrears each Quarterly Contract Anniversary. If a Rider is purchased on a date other than a Quarterly Contract Anniversary, the Rider charge will be prorated the first time the charge is deducted.

If your Rider terminates on a Quarterly Contract Anniversary, the entire charge for the prior quarter will be deducted from the Contract Value on that anniversary. If the Rider terminates prior to a Quarterly Contract Anniversary, we will prorate the charge based on the Protected Payment Base as of the day the Rider terminates. Such prorated amount will be deducted from the Contract Value on the earlier of the day the Contract terminates or on the Quarterly Contract Anniversary immediately following the day the Rider terminates.

If you make a full withdrawal of the amount available for withdrawal during a Contract Year, we will deduct the charge from the final payment made to you.

An optional Rider annual charge percentage may change if a Reset occurs under the Rider provisions. However, the annual charge percentage will not exceed the maximum annual charge percentage (indicated in the table below) for the applicable Rider. You may elect to opt-out of a Reset and your annual charge percentage will remain the same as it was before the Reset. If an Automatic Reset never occurs, the annual charge percentage established on the Rider Effective Date is guaranteed not to change. You can find more information about Protected Payment Base and Automatic Resets for each applicable rider in the **OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS** section.

<sup>1</sup> The table above reflects the current and maximum annual charge percentages for each applicable rider. Due to the timing of Resets/Step-Ups under a rider, if applicable, your actual current annual charge percentage could be higher or lower than what is stated above. To confirm which annual charge percentage applies to your rider, speak with your Schwab investment professional or call us at (800) 748-6907 to confirm the current rider charges that apply to you.

See **Mortality and Expense Risk Charge and Optional Death Benefit Rider Charge** for the Stepped-Up Death Benefit and Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit charge information.

#### Premium Taxes
A tax may be imposed at the time your Purchase Payment is made, at the time of a partial or full withdrawal, at the time any death benefit proceeds are paid, at annuitization or at such other time as taxes may be

------

imposed ("premium tax"). **Currently, the state of New York does not impose premium taxes on the sale of this type of product.** However, future changes in facts or state law may require premium tax charges. Premium tax is charged according to the rate determined by your state of residence at the time of annuitization and tax rates ranging from 0% to 3.5% are currently in effect, but may change in the future.

If we pay any premium taxes attributable to your Contract, we will impose a similar charge against your Contract Value. We normally will charge you when you annuitize some or all of your Contract Value. We reserve the right to impose this charge for applicable premium taxes and/or other taxes when you make a full or partial withdrawal, at the time any death benefit proceeds are paid, or when those taxes are incurred. For these purposes, "premium taxes" include any state or local premium or retaliatory taxes and any federal, state or local income, excise, business or any other type of tax (or component thereof) imposed due to the purchase or annuitization of your Contract. We currently base this charge on your Contract Value, but we reserve the right to base this charge on the transaction amount, the aggregate amount of Purchase Payments we receive under your Contract, or any other amount, that in our sole discretion we deem appropriately reimburses us for premium taxes paid on this Contract.

**We may also charge the Separate Account or your Contract Value for taxes attributable to the Separate Account or the Contract, including income taxes attributable to the Separate Account or to our operations with respect to the Contract, or taxes attributable, directly or indirectly, to Purchase Payments. Any such charge deducted from the Contract Value will be deducted on a proportionate basis. See HOW YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED – Investing in Variable Investment Options – *Calculating Subaccount Unit Values* to see how such charges are deducted from the Separate Account. Currently, we do not impose any such charges.**

#### Waivers and Reduced Charges
We may agree to waive or reduce charges under our Contracts, in situations where selling and/or maintenance costs associated with the Contracts are reduced, such as the sale of several Contracts to the same Contract Owner(s), sales of large Contracts, sales of Contracts in connection with a group or sponsored arrangement or mass transactions over multiple Contracts.

We will only waive or reduce such charges or credit additional amounts on any Contract where expenses associated with the sale or distribution of the Contract and/or costs associated with administering and maintaining the Contract are reduced. Any additional amounts will be added to the Contract when we apply Purchase Payments. We reserve the right to terminate waiver, reduced charge and crediting programs at any time, including for issued Contracts.

With respect to additional amounts as described above, in most states you may not receive any amount credited if you return your Contract during the Free Look period as described under **WITHDRAWALS – Right to Cancel ("Free Look")**.

#### Fund Expenses
Your Variable Account Value reflects advisory fees, any service and distribution (12b-1) fees, and other expenses incurred by the various Funds, net of any applicable reductions and/or reimbursements. These fees and expenses are paid out of Fund assets and may vary. Each Fund is governed by its own Board of Trustees, and your Contract does not fix or specify the level of expenses of any Fund. A Fund's fees and expenses are described in detail in the applicable Fund Prospectus and SAI.

Some Investment Options available to you are "fund of funds." A fund of funds is a fund that invests in other funds in addition to other investments that the fund may make. Expenses of fund of funds Investment Options may be higher than non fund of funds Investment Options due to the two-tiered level of expenses involving both the fund-of-fund's fees and expenses as well as the proportional share of the fees and expenses of the underlying funds in which the fund-of-fund invests. See the Fund prospectuses for detailed fund expenses and other information before investing.

#### ANNUITIZATION

#### Selecting Your Annuitant
When you submit your Contract application, you must choose a sole Annuitant or Joint Annuitants. Once your Contract is issued, the sole Annuitant or Joint Annuitants cannot be changed. If you are buying a Qualified Contract, you must be the sole Annuitant. If you are buying a Non-Qualified Contract you may choose yourself and/or another person as Annuitant. If you do not have Joint Annuitants, you may choose a Contingent Annuitant. The Contingent Annuitant will not impact any Contract benefits, including death benefit proceeds, until becoming the sole surviving Annuitant. You will not be able to add or change a sole or Joint Annuitant after your Contract is issued. However, if you are buying a Qualified Contract, you may add a Joint Annuitant on the Annuity Date. You will be able to add or change a Contingent Annuitant until your Annuity Date or the death of your sole Annuitant or both Joint Annuitants, whichever occurs first. However, once your Contingent Annuitant has become the Annuitant under your Contract, no additional Contingent Annuitant may be named. No Annuitant (Primary, Joint or Contingent) may be named upon or after reaching his or her 91st birthday. We reserve the right to require proof of age or survival of the Annuitant(s).

#### Annuitization
Annuitization occurs on the Annuity Date when you convert your Contract from the accumulation phase to the annuitization (income) phase. You may choose both your Annuity Date and your Annuity Option. At the Annuity Date, you may elect to annuitize some or all

------

of your Contract Value, less any applicable charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes, (the "Conversion Amount"), as long as such Conversion Amount annuitized is at least $2,000. We will send the annuity payments to the payee that you designate.

If you annuitize only a portion of this available Contract Value, you may have the remainder distributed, less any applicable charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes, and any optional Rider charge. This option of distribution may or may not be available, or may be available for only certain types of Contracts. Any such distribution will be made to you in a single sum if the remaining Conversion Amount is less than $2,000 on your Annuity Date. Distributions under your Contract may have tax consequences. You should consult a qualified tax advisor for information on full or partial annuitization.

If you annuitize only a portion of your Contract Value on your Annuity Date, you may, at that time, to elect not to have the remainder of your Contract Value distributed, but instead to continue your Contract with that remaining Contract Value (a "continuing Contract"). If this option is elected, you would then choose a second Annuity Date for your continuing Contract, and all references in this Prospectus to your "Annuity Date" would, in connection with your continuing Contract, be deemed to refer to that second Annuity Date. The second Annuity Date may not be later than the date specified in the **Choosing Your Annuity Date** section of this Prospectus. Partial annuitization may not be available, or may be available only for certain types of Contracts. You should be aware that some or all of the payments received before the second Annuity Date may be fully taxable. We recommend that you contact a qualified tax advisor for more information if you are interested in this option.

Distributions made due to a request for partial annuitization are treated as withdrawals for Contract purposes and may adversely affect optional Rider benefits. Work with your Schwab investment professional prior to requesting partial annuitization.

**In general, if you choose a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit rider, it may not be appropriate for you to annuitize the Contract *before* the maximum Annuity Date because the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit riders already provide for lifetime income in the form of the Protected Payment Amount while also allowing for the accumulation of Contract Value and a death benefit. If you choose to annuitize the Contract before the maximum Annuity Date, you will be giving up your Contract Value, death benefit, and rider guarantees, and it is possible that the annuity payment amount will be less than the Protected Payment Amount. Nonetheless, it is possible that the income stream provided by an annuity benefit payment option (e.g.,payments for a period certain) may be more appropriate for you based on your personal circumstances and financial goals. As such, before annuitizing or selecting a payment option, you should consult with a financial professional and/or contact us at our Service Center to obtain information on what the annuity payment would be prior to annuitizing. Please note that if you annuitize, you will be unable to make withdrawals from the Contract.**

#### Choosing Your Annuity Date
You should choose your Annuity Date when you submit your application or we will apply a default Annuity Date to your Contract. You may change your Annuity Date by notifying us, In Proper Form, at least 10 Business Days prior to the earlier of your current Annuity Date or your new Annuity Date. Your Annuity Date cannot be earlier than your first Contract Anniversary. Adverse federal tax consequences may result if you choose an Annuity Date that is prior to an Owner's attained age 59½. See **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES -- Impact of Federal Income Taxes**.

*If you have a sole Annuitant, your Annuity Date must occur on or before the later of the sole Annuitant's 90th birthday or the 10th Contract Anniversary. If you have Joint Annuitants, your Annuity Date must occur on or before the later of your younger Joint Annuitant's 90th birthday or the 10th Contract Anniversary. Different requirements may apply as required by the Code. *We may, at our sole discretion, allow you to extend your Annuity Date. We reserve the right, at any time, to not offer any extension to your Annuity Date regardless of whether we may have granted any extensions to you or to any others in the past.*

**If you have elected a Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Rider, you may continue to take withdrawals under the Rider until your maximum Annuity Date. Before annuitizing or selecting a payment option, you should consult with a financial professional and/or contact us at our Service Center to obtain information on what the annuity payment would be prior to annuitizing.**

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, you may also be subject to additional restrictions. In order to meet the Code minimum distribution rules, your Required Minimum Distributions (RMDs) may begin earlier than your Annuity Date. For instance, under Section 401 of the Code (for Qualified Plans) and Section 408 of the Code (for IRAs), the entire interest under the Contract must be distributed to the Owner/Annuitant not later than the Owner/Annuitant's Required Beginning Date ("**RBD**"), or distributions over the life of the Owner/Annuitant (or the Owner/Annuitant and his or her Beneficiary) must begin no later than the RBD. For more information see **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES -** *Required Minimum Distributions*.

#### Default Annuity Date and Options
If you have a Non-Qualified Contract and you do not choose an Annuity Date when you submit your application, your Annuity Date will be the later of your Annuitant's 90th birthday or the 10th Contract Anniversary. In the case of Joint Annuitants, your Annuity Date will be the later of the younger Joint Annuitant's 90th birthday or the 10th Contract Anniversary. If you have a Qualified Contract and you do not choose an Annuity Date when you submit your application, your Annuity Date will be the later of your Annuitant's 90th birthday or the 10th Contract Anniversary. Certain Qualified Contracts may require distributions to occur at an earlier age.

------

If you have not specified an Annuity Option or do not instruct us otherwise, at your Annuity Date your Contract Value, less any charges for premium taxes and/or other taxes, will be annuitized (if this net amount is at least $2,000) and the net amount from your Variable Account Value will be converted into a fixed dollar annuity.

Additionally:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● If you have a Non-Qualified Contract, your default Annuity Option will be **Life with a ten year Period Certain**.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● If you have a Qualified Contract, your default Annuity Option will be **Life with a five year Period Certain** or a shorter period certain as may be required by federal regulation. If you are married, different requirements may apply. Please contact your plan administrator for further information, if applicable.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● If the net amount is less than $2,000, the entire amount will be distributed in one lump sum.

#### Choosing Your Annuity Option
You should carefully review the Annuity Options with a qualified tax advisor, and, for Qualified Contracts, reference should be made to the terms of the particular plan and the requirements of the Code for pertinent limitations regarding annuity payments, Required Minimum Distributions ("RMDs"), and other matters.

You may make 2 basic decisions about your annuity payments. First, you may choose the form of annuity payments (see *Annuity Options* below). Second, you may decide how often you want annuity payments to be made (the "frequency" of the payments). You may not change these selections after the Annuity Date.

*Fixed Payments*

You will receive fixed annuity payments, there are no variable annuity payments available. Fixed annuity payments are based on a fixed rate and the Annuity 2000 Mortality Table with the ages set back 10 years. Each periodic annuity payment will be equal to the initial annuity payment, unless you select a Joint and Survivor Life annuity with reduced survivor payments when the Primary Annuitant dies. Any net amount you convert to fixed annuity payments will be held in our General Account.

*Annuity Options*

Four Annuity Options are currently available under the Contract, although additional options may become available in the future. You may select either fixed or variable payment options. For other Annuity Options available through living benefit riders, see the **OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS** section and also see the *Other Annuity Options* section below.

1. *Life Only*. Periodic payments are made to the designated payee during the Annuitant's lifetime. Payments stop when the Annuitant dies. Annuitization becomes effective when the first payment is processed. If the Annuitant dies prior to the first payment the death benefit would be calculated as described under the **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS** section of the Prospectus and no annuity payment would be made. If the Annuitant passes away after the first payment has processed, payments will cease and there would be no death benefit.

2. *Life with Period Certain.* Periodic payments are made to the designated payee during the Annuitant's lifetime, with payments guaranteed for a specified period. You may choose to have payments guaranteed from 5 through 30 years (in full years only). The guaranteed period may be limited on Qualified Contracts to comply with required minimum distribution (RMD) regulations and this option may be restricted for certain Qualified Contracts or Qualified Plans. Annuitization becomes effective when the first payment is processed. If the Annuitant dies prior to the first payment the death benefit would be calculated as described under the **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS** section of the Prospectus and no annuity payments would be made. If the Annuitant dies after the first payment has processed, payments will continue for any remainder of the Period Certain time frame.

If a Life with Period Certain Annuity Option provides for payments of the same amount for different Periods Certain at some ages, we will assume that your selection was for the longest Period Certain available for your age.

3. *Joint and Survivor Life.* Periodic payments are made to the designated payee during the lifetime of the Primary Annuitant. After the death of the Primary Annuitant, periodic payments will continue to be made during the lifetime of the secondary Annuitant named in the election. You may choose to have the payments during the lifetime of the surviving secondary Annuitant equal 50%, 66 2/3% or 100% of the original amount payable during the lifetime of the Primary Annuitant (you must make this election when you choose your Annuity Option). If you elect a reduced payment based on the life of the secondary Annuitant, fixed annuity payments will be equal to 50% or 66 2/3% of the original fixed payment payable during the lifetime of the Primary Annuitant. Payments stop when both Annuitants have died.

4. *Period Certain Only.* Periodic payments are made to the designated payee, guaranteed for a specified period. You may choose to have payments guaranteed from 5 through 30 years (in full years only). Additional guaranteed time periods may become available in the future. **Before you annuitize your Contract, please contact us for additional guaranteed time period options that may be available.** The guaranteed period may be limited on Qualified Contracts to comply with required minimum distribution (RMD) regulations and this option may be restricted for certain Qualified Contracts or Qualified Plans. Annuitization becomes effective when the first payment is processed. If the Annuitant dies prior to the first payment the death benefit would be calculated as

------

described under the **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS** section of the Prospectus and no annuity payments would be made. If the Annuitant dies after the first payment has processed, payments will continue for any remainder of the Period Certain time frame.

Periodic payment amounts will differ based on the Annuity Option selected. Generally, the longer the possible payment period, the lower the payment amount.

If the Annuitant dies before the guaranteed payments under Annuity Options 2 and 4 are completed, we will pay the remainder of the guaranteed payments to the first person among the following who is (1) living; or (2) an entity or corporation entitled to receive the remainder of the guaranteed payments:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Owner;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Joint Owner;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Beneficiary; or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Contingent Beneficiary.

If none are living (or if there is no entity or corporation entitled to receive the remainder of the guaranteed payments), we will pay the remainder of the guaranteed payments to the Owner's estate.

If the Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date, but payments have not yet been completed, then distributions of the remaining amounts payable under the Contract must be made at least as rapidly as the method of distribution that was being used at the date of the Owner's death. All of the Owner's rights granted by the Contract will be assumed by the first among the following who is (1) living; or (2) an entity or corporation entitled to assume the Owner's rights granted by the Contract:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Joint Owner;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Beneficiary; or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Contingent Beneficiary.

If none are living (or if there is no entity or corporation entitled to assume the Owner's rights granted by the Contract), all of the Owner's rights granted by the Contract will be assumed by the Owner's estate.

*Beneficiary of Qualified Contracts*

For Qualified Contracts, upon the death of the Owner (Annuitant if the contract is held as a custodial IRA), if there are any remaining guaranteed payments, we may shorten such payment period in order to ensure that payments to the Beneficiary do not continue beyond the 10-year death distribution rule under IRC section 401(a)(9). In such instances, we will use the present value of any remaining guaranteed payments to determine the amount and pay out the lump sum to the designated Beneficiary. For fixed payments, the present value is determined using Moody's Long-Term Corporate Bond Yield Averages less 0.75%. For variable payments, the present value is determined using the assumed investment return.

For Qualified Contracts, please refer to the **Choosing Your Annuity Date** section in this Prospectus for additional distribution requirements that may apply to these contracts. If your Contract was issued in connection with a Qualified Plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"), your spouse's consent may be required when you seek any distribution under your Contract, unless your Annuity Option is Joint and Survivor Life with survivor payments of at least 50%, and your spouse is your Joint Annuitant.

*Other Annuity Options*

Additional annuity payment options we currently offer are:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● *Life with Cash Refund (fixed only).* Periodic payments are made to the designated payee during the Annuitant's lifetime. Annuitization becomes effective when the first payment is processed. If the Annuitant dies prior to the first payment the death benefit would be calculated as described under the **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS** section of the Prospectus and no annuity payment would be made. If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Date and the total of all annuity payments received is less than the amount annuitized, an amount equal to the amount annuitized less the total annuity payments made, will be made in a single sum.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● *Life with Installment Refund (fixed only).* Periodic payments are made to the designated payee during the Annuitant's lifetime. If the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Date but before the total of all annuity payments made equals or exceeds the amount annuitized, annuity payments will continue to be made until the total amount of annuity payments made equals the amount annuitized; the final annuity payment may be less than the periodic annuity payment. Annuitization becomes effective when the first payment is processed. If the Annuitant dies prior to the first payment the death benefit would be calculated as described under the **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS** section of the Prospectus and no annuity payment would be made. If the Annuitant dies and the total amount of annuity payments made is

------

*equal to or exceeds the amount annuitized, then no additional annuity payments will be made. This Annuity Option is not available for Qualified Contracts.*

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● *Joint Life with Cash Refund (fixed only).* Periodic payments are made to the designated payee during the lifetimes of the Primary Annuitant and Joint Annuitant. If both Annuitants die before the total of all annuity payments made equal the amount annuitized, an amount equal to the amount annuitized, less total annuity payments made under the Contract, will be made in a single sum. Annuitization becomes effective when the first payment is processed. If one or both Annuitants die prior to the first payment the death benefit would be calculated as described under the **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS** section of the Prospectus and no annuity payment would be made. If both Annuitants die and the total amount of annuity payments made under the Contract is equal to or exceeds the amount annuitized, then no additional lump sum or annuity payments will be paid. This option may be restricted for certain Qualified Contracts or Qualified Plans.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● *Joint Life with Installment Refund (fixed only).* Periodic Payments are made to the designated payee during the lifetimes of the Primary Annuitant and Joint Annuitant. If both Annuitants die before the total of all annuity payments made equals or exceeds the amount annuitized, annuity payments will continue to be made until the total amount of annuity payments made equals the amount annuitized; the final annuity payment may be less than the periodic annuity payment. Annuitization becomes effective when the first payment is processed. If one or both Annuitants die prior to the first payment the death benefit would be calculated as described under the **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS** section of the Prospectus and no annuity payment would be made. If both Annuitants die and the total amount of annuity payments made under the Contract is equal to or exceeds the amount annuitized, then no additional annuity payments will be paid. This Annuity Option is not available for Qualified Contracts.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● *Joint Life with Period Certain (fixed or variable).* Periodic payments are made to the designated payee during the Primary Annuitant's lifetime, with payments guaranteed for a specified period. After the death of the Primary Annuitant, periodic payments will continue to be made during the lifetime of the secondary Annuitant named in the election or until the end of the period certain period, whichever is later. You may choose to have payments guaranteed from 5 through 30 years (in full years only). The guaranteed period may be limited on Qualified Contracts to comply with required minimum distribution (RMD) regulations and this option may be restricted for certain Qualified Contracts and Qualified Plans. Annuitization becomes effective when the first payment is processed. If one or both Annuitants die prior to the first payment the death benefit would be calculated as described under the **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS** section of the Prospectus and no annuity payment would be made. If both Annuitants die after the first payment has been processed, payments will continue for any remainder of the Period Certain time frame.

We may discontinue offering any of the additional Annuity Options referenced above or add additional Annuity Options in the future. If we discontinue offering or add additional Annuity Options, we will amend this Prospectus to reflect any changes.

#### Your Annuity Payments
*Payment Frequency*

You may choose to have annuity payments made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually.

Your initial annuity payment must be at least $20. If the initial annuity payment will be less than $20, we may terminate the Contract and pay you the Contract Value.

*Payment Amount* 

Your Contract contains tables that we use to determine the amount of your annuity payments, taking into consideration the annuitized portion of your Contract Value at the Annuity Date. This amount will vary, depending on the annuity period and payment frequency you select. This amount will be larger in the case of shorter Period Certain annuities and smaller for longer Period Certain annuities. Similarly, this amount will be greater for a Life Only annuity than for a Joint and Survivor Life annuity, because we will expect to make payments for a shorter period of time on a Life Only annuity. If you do not choose the Period Certain Only annuity, this amount will also vary depending on the age of the Annuitant(s) on the Annuity Date and, for some Contracts, the sex of the Annuitant(s).

The guaranteed income factors in our tables are based on an annual interest rate of 1.5% and the Annuity 2000 Mortality Table with the ages set back 10 years. Fixed annuity payments will be based on the periodic income factors in effect for your Contract on the Annuity Date which are at least the guaranteed income factors under the Contract.

#### DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS

#### Death Benefits
Death benefit proceeds may be payable before the Annuity Date on proof of the sole surviving Annuitant's death or of any Contract Owner while the Contract is in force. Any death benefit payable will be calculated on the "Notice Date", which is the day on which we receive, In Proper Form, proof of death and instructions regarding payment of death benefit proceeds. If a Contract has multiple Beneficiaries, death benefit proceeds will be calculated when we first receive proof of death and instructions, In Proper Form, from

------

any Beneficiary. The death benefit proceeds still remaining to be paid to other Beneficiaries will fluctuate with the performance of the underlying Investment Options.

*Death Benefit Proceeds*

Death benefit proceeds will be payable on the Notice Date. Such proceeds will be reduced by any charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes. The death benefit proceeds may be payable in a single sum, as an Annuity Option available under the Contract, towards the purchase of any other Annuity Option we then offer, or in any other manner permitted by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and approved by us. The Owner's spouse may continue the Contract (see **Death Benefits** – *Spousal Continuation*). In addition, there may be legal requirements that limit the recipient's Annuity Options and the timing of any payments. State unclaimed property regulations may shorten the amount of time a recipient has to make a death benefit election. A recipient should consult a qualified tax advisor before making a death benefit election.

The death benefit proceeds will be paid to the first among the following who is (1) living; or (2) an entity or corporation entitled to receive the death benefit proceeds, in the following order:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Owner,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Joint Owner,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Beneficiary, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contingent Beneficiary.

If a contract has Joint Owners, and the surviving Joint Owner dies before the Notice Date, the death benefit proceeds will be paid to the Beneficiary or Contingent Beneficiary. If none are living (or if there is no entity or corporation entitled to receive the death benefit proceeds), the proceeds will be payable to the Owner's Estate.

*Death Benefit Amount* 

The Death Benefit Amount as of any Business Day before the Annuity Date is equal to the Contract Value as of that Business Day. We calculate the Death Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date and the death benefit will be paid in accordance with the Death Benefit Proceeds section above.

*Spousal Continuation* 

Generally, a sole designated recipient who is the Owner's spouse may elect to become the Owner (and sole Annuitant if the deceased Owner had been the Annuitant) and continue the Contract until the earliest of the spouse's death, the death of the Annuitant, or the Annuity Date. The spousal continuation election must be made by the fifth anniversary of the death of the Contract Owner for Non-Qualified Contracts, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the Contract Owner's death falls for Qualified Contracts. On the Notice Date, if the surviving spouse is deemed to have continued the Contract, we will set the Contract Value equal to the death benefit proceeds that would have been payable to the spouse as the deemed Beneficiary/designated recipient of the death benefit proceeds.

A Joint Owner who is the designated recipient, but not the Owner's spouse, may not continue the Contract. Under IRS Guidelines, once a surviving spouse continues the Contract, the Contract may not be continued again in the event the surviving spouse remarries. If you have purchased an optional living benefit Rider, please refer to the Rider attached to your Contract to determine how any guaranteed amounts may be affected when a surviving spouse continues the Contract.

**If the optional Return of Purchase Payments or Stepped-Up Death Benefit is purchased**. An Add-In Amount may be added to the death benefit proceeds if the surviving spouse continues the Contract. This "Add-In Amount" is the difference between the Contract Value and the death benefit proceeds that would have been payable. The Add-In Amount will be added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. There will not be an adjustment to the Contract Value if the Contract Value is equal to or greater than the death benefit proceeds as of the Notice Date. The Add-In Amount will be allocated among Investment Options in accordance with the current allocation instructions for the Contract and may be, under certain circumstances, considered earnings. The Add-In Amount is not treated as a new Purchase Payment.

*Example:* On the Notice Date, the Owner's surviving spouse elects to continue the Contract. On that date, the death benefit proceeds were $100,000 and the Contract Value was $85,000. Since the surviving spouse elected to continue the Contract in lieu of receiving the death benefit proceeds, we will increase the Contract Value by an Add-In Amount of $15,000 ($100,000 - $85,000 = $15,000). If the Contract Value on the Notice Date was $100,000 or higher, then nothing would be added to the Contract Value.

The continuing spouse is subject to the same fees, charges and expenses applicable to the deceased Owner of the Contract.

*Death of Annuitant*

If a sole surviving Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the amount of the death benefit will be equal to the *Death Benefit Amount* as of the Notice Date and will be paid in accordance with the *Death Benefit Proceeds* section.

------

If there is more than one Annuitant and an Annuitant who is not an Owner dies, no death benefit proceeds will be payable (unless owned by a Non-Natural Owner). The designated sole Annuitant will then be the first living person in the following order:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● a surviving Joint Annuitant, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● a surviving Contingent Annuitant.

*Death of Owner* 

If an Owner dies before the sole surviving Annuitant and before the Annuity Date, the amount of the death benefit will be equal to the Death Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date and will be paid in accordance with the *Death Benefit Proceeds* section and in accordance with the federal income tax distribution at death rules discussed in the **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES** section.

*Non-Natural Owner* 

If you are a Non-Natural Owner of a Contract other than a Contract issued under a Qualified Plan as defined in Section 401 of the Code, the Primary Annuitant will be treated as the Owner of the Contract for purposes of the *Non-Qualified Contract Distribution Rules*. If there are Joint or Contingent Annuitants, the death benefit proceeds will be payable on proof of death of the first annuitant. If there is a change in the Primary Annuitant prior to the Annuity Date, such change will be treated as the death of the Owner (however, under the terms of your Contract, you cannot change the Primary Annuitant). The Death Benefit Amount will be: (a) the Contract Value, if the Non-Natural Owner elects to maintain the Contract and reinvest the Contract Value into the contract in the same amount as immediately prior to the distribution; or (b) the Contract Value, less any charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes, if the Non-Natural Owner elects a cash distribution and will be paid in accordance with the *Death Benefits Proceeds* section and in accordance with the federal income tax distribution at death rules discussed in the **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES** section.

*Non-Qualified Contract Distribution Rules*

The Contract is intended to comply with all applicable provisions of Code Section 72(s) and any successor provision, as deemed necessary by us to qualify the Contract as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes. If an Owner of a Non-Qualified Contract dies before the Annuity Date, distribution of the death benefit proceeds must begin within 1 year after the Owner's death or complete distribution within 5 years after the Owner's death. In order to satisfy this requirement, the designated recipient must receive a final lump sum payment by the 5th anniversary of the Contract Owner's death, or elect to receive an annuity for life or over a period that does not exceed the life expectancy of the designated recipient with annuity payments that start within 1 year after the Owner's death or, if permitted by the IRS, elect to receive a systematic distribution over a period not exceeding the Beneficiary's life expectancy using a method that would be acceptable for purposes of calculating the minimum distribution required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code. If an election to receive an annuity is not made within 60 calendar days of our receipt of proof, In Proper Form, of the Owner's death or, if earlier, 60 calendar days (or shorter period as we permit) prior to the 1st anniversary of the Owner's death, the option to receive annuity payments is no longer available. If a Non-Qualified Contract has Joint Owners, this requirement applies to the first Contract Owner to die.

The Owner may designate that the Beneficiary will receive death benefit proceeds in a lump sum, or through annuity payments for life, life with period certain, period certain only, or a scheduled payout option. Any life with period certain or period certain only option may not exceed the life expectancy of the Beneficiary. The Owner must designate the payment method in writing in a form acceptable to us. The Owner may revoke the designation only in writing and only in a form acceptable to us. Once the Owner dies, the Beneficiary cannot change or revoke the Owner's instructions regarding the payment of death benefit proceeds.

*Qualified Contract Distribution Rules*

Under Treasury regulations and our administrative procedures, if the Contract is owned under a Qualified Plan as defined in Sections 401, 408, or 408A of the Code distributions to the Beneficiary must satisfy the Required Minimum Distribution (RMD) rules of Code Section 401(a)(9). Please see the *Required Minimum Distributions for Beneficiaries* within the *Federal Tax Information* section for more information

The Owner may designate that the Beneficiary will receive death benefit proceeds in a lump sum, or through annuity payments period certain only. Period certain only Annuity Options may be limited. The Owner must designate the payment method in writing in a form acceptable to us. The Owner may revoke the designation only in writing and only in a form acceptable to us. Once the Owner dies, the Beneficiary cannot change or revoke the Owner's instructions regarding the payment of death benefit proceeds.

You are responsible for monitoring distributions that must be taken to meet IRS guidelines.

#### Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit
This optional Rider allows you to have your Death Benefit Amount, as of the Notice Date, be the greater of the Contract Value or the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments. The Notice Date is the day on which we receive, In Proper Form, proof of death and instructions regarding payment of any death benefit proceeds. An Owner change may only be elected if the age of any new Owner is 75 years or younger on the effective date of the Owner change (see the *Owner Change* subsection below).

*Purchasing the Rider*

You may purchase this optional Rider at the time your application is completed and before your Contract is issued. You may not purchase this Rider after the Contract Date. This Rider may only be purchased if the age of each Owner and Annuitant is 75 or

------

#### younger on the Contract Date. If this Rider is purchased, you may not purchase any Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider (Single or Joint).
*Rider Terms*

**Total Adjusted Purchase Payments** – The sum of all Purchase Payments made to the Contract, reduced by a Pro Rata Reduction for each prior withdrawal. This amount may be adjusted if there is an Owner change.

**Pro Rata Reduction** – The reduction percentage that is calculated at the time of the withdrawal by dividing the amount of each withdrawal by the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal. **The reduction made, when the Contract Value is less than the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments made into the Contract, may be greater than the actual amount withdrawn.**

*How the Rider Works*

If you purchase this Rider at the time your application is completed, upon the death of the sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), or the death of any Contract Owner, prior to the Annuity Date, the death benefit proceeds will be equal to the greater of (a) or (b) below:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(a) the Contract Value as of the Notice Date.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(b) Total Adjusted Purchase Payments as of the Notice Date.

*<u>Owner Change</u>*

If there is an Owner change to someone other than the previous Owner's spouse, to a Trust or non-natural entity where the Owner and Annuitant are not the same person prior to the Owner change, or if an Owner is added that is not the Owner's spouse, the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments will be reset to equal the lesser of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Contract Value as of the effective date of the Owner change ("Change Date"), or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Total Adjusted Purchase Payments as of the Change Date.

After the Change Date, the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments will be increased by any Purchase Payments made after the Change Date and will be reduced by any Pro Rata Reduction for any withdrawals made after the Change Date. **An Owner change to a Trust or non-natural entity where the Owner and the Annuitant are the same person prior to the Owner change will not trigger a reset.** 

Any death benefit paid under this Rider will be paid in accordance with the *Death Benefit Proceeds* subsection.

See **APPENDIX: RETURN OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS DEATH BENEFIT AND STEPPED-UP DEATH BENEFIT SAMPLE CALCULATIONS.** 

*Termination*

The Rider will remain in effect until the earlier of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the date you reduce Contract Value to zero (0) through a withdrawals,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the date death benefit proceeds become payable under the Contract (except where the spouse of the deceased Owner continues the Contract, see **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS** – *Spousal Continuation*),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the date the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Annuity Date.

The Rider may not otherwise be cancelled.

#### Stepped-Up Death Benefit
This optional Rider offers you the ability to lock in market gains for your beneficiaries with a stepped-up death benefit, which is the highest Contract Value on any previous Contract Anniversary (prior to the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 81<sup>st</sup> birthday) increased by the amount of additional Purchase Payments and decreased by withdrawals that you make. An Owner change may only be elected if the age of any new Owner is 75 years or younger on the effective date of the Owner change (see the *Owner Change* subsection below).

*Purchasing the Rider*

**You may purchase this optional Rider at the time your application is completed and before your Contract is issued. You may not purchase this Rider after the Contract Date. This Rider may only be purchased if the age of each Owner and Annuitant is 75 or younger on the Contract Date. If this Rider is purchased, you may not purchase any Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider (Single or Joint).**

*Rider Terms*

**Death Benefit Amount –** As of any Business Day prior to the Annuity Date, the Death Benefit Amount is equal to the greater of:

------

(a) the Contract Value as of that day, or

(b) Total Adjusted Purchase Payments.

**Total Adjusted Purchase Payments** – The sum of all Purchase Payments made to the Contract, reduced by a Pro Rata Reduction for each prior withdrawal. This amount may be adjusted if there is an Owner change.

**Pro Rata Reduction** – The reduction percentage that is calculated at the time of the withdrawal by dividing the amount of each withdrawal by the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal. **The reduction made, when the Contract Value is less than the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments made into the Contract, may be greater than the actual amount withdrawn.**

*How the Rider Works*

If you purchase this Rider, upon the death of the sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), or the death of any Contract Owner, prior to the Annuity Date, the death benefit proceeds will be equal to the greater of (a) or (b) below:

(a) the Death Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date.

(b) the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date.

The actual Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount is calculated only when death benefit proceeds become payable as a result of the death of the sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), or the death of any Contract Owner prior to the Annuity Date and is determined as follows:

First we calculate what the Death Benefit Amount would have been as of your first Contract Anniversary and each subsequent Contract Anniversary that occurs before death benefit proceeds become payable and before the oldest Owner or Annuitant reaches his or her 81<sup>st</sup> birthday (**each of these Contract Anniversaries is a "Milestone Date"**).

We then adjust the Death Benefit Amount for each Milestone Date by:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● adding the aggregate amount of any Purchase Payments received by us since the Milestone Date, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● subtracting a Pro Rata Reduction for each withdrawal that has occurred since that Milestone Date. **The reduction made, when the Contract Value is less than aggregate Purchase Payments made into the Contract, may be greater than the actual amount withdrawn.**

**The highest of these adjusted Death Benefit Amounts for each Milestone Date, as of the Notice Date, is your Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount if you purchase this Rider. Calculation of any actual Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount is only made once death benefit proceeds become payable under your Contract.**

*<u>Owner Change</u>*

If there is an Owner change to someone other than the previous Owner's spouse, to a Trust or non-natural entity where the Owner and Annuitant are not the same person prior to the Owner change, or if an Owner is added that is not the Owner's spouse, the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments will be reset to equal the lesser of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Contract Value as of the effective date of the Owner change ("Change Date"), or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Total Adjusted Purchase Payments as of the Change Date.

After the Change Date, the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments will be increased by any Purchase Payments made after the Change Date and will be reduced by any Pro Rata Reduction for any withdrawals made after the Change Date. **An Owner change to a Trust or non-natural entity where the Owner and the Annuitant are the same person prior to the Owner change will not trigger a reset.** 

We calculate what the Death Benefit Amount would have been on each Contract Anniversary that occurs after the Change Date (before death benefit proceeds become payable) and before the oldest Owner or Annuitant reaches his or her 81<sup>st</sup> birthday (**each of these Contract Anniversaries is a "Milestone Date"**).

We then adjust the Death Benefit Amount for each Milestone Date by:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● adding the aggregate amount of Purchase Payments received by us since that Milestone Date, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● subtracting a Pro Rata Reduction for each withdrawal that has occurred since that Milestone Date.

**The highest of these adjusted Death Benefit Amounts for each Milestone Date, as of the Notice Date, is your Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount if you purchase this Rider. Calculation of any actual Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount is only made once death benefit proceeds become payable under your Contract.**

**If the death of any Owner (or Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) occurs before the first Milestone Date and before the Annuity Date, the death benefit proceeds will be equal to the Death Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date and the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount will not apply.**

------

Any death benefit paid under this Rider will be paid in accordance with the *Death Benefit Proceeds* subsection.

See **APPENDIX: RETURN OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS DEATH BENEFIT AND STEPPED-UP DEATH BENEFIT SAMPLE CALCULATIONS.** 

*Death of Annuitant*

If the sole surviving Annuitant dies:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● before the Owner,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● before the first Milestone Date, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● before the Annuity Date,

the death benefit payable will be equal to the Death Benefit Amount (as defined in this Rider) as of the Notice Date.

If the sole surviving Annuitant dies:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● before the Owner,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● after the first Milestone Date, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● before the Annuity Date,

the death benefit payable will be equal to the greater of the Death Benefit Amount (as defined in this Rider) and the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date.

*Death of Owner*

If the Owner dies:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● before the sole surviving Annuitant,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● before the first Milestone Date, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● before the Annuity Date,

the death benefit payable will be equal to the Death Benefit Amount (as defined in this Rider) as of the Notice Date.

If the Owner dies:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● before the sole surviving Annuitant,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● after the first Milestone Date, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● before the Annuity Date,

the death benefit payable will be equal to the greater of the Death Benefit Amount (as defined in this Rider) and the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date.

*Termination*

The Rider will remain in effect until the earlier of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the date you reduce your Contract Value to zero (0) through a withdrawal,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the date death benefit proceeds become payable under the Contract (except where the spouse of the deceased Owner continues the Contract, see **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS** – *Spousal Continuation*),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the date the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Annuity Date.

The Rider may not otherwise be cancelled.

#### WITHDRAWALS

#### Optional Withdrawals
You may, on or prior to your Annuity Date, withdraw all or a portion of the amount available under your Contract while the Annuitants are living and your Contract is in force. You may surrender your Contract and make a full withdrawal at any time. If you surrender your Contract it will be terminated as of the Effective Date of the withdrawal. You may request to withdraw a specific dollar amount or a specific percentage of an Account Value or your Contract Value. You may choose to make your withdrawal from specified Investment Options. If you do not specify Investment Options, your withdrawal will be made from all of your Investment Options proportionately. See **HOW YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED – Transfers and Market-timing Restrictions and THE GENERAL ACCOUNT.**

------

Each partial withdrawal must be for $500 or more. Pre-authorized partial withdrawals must be at least $250, except for pre-authorized withdrawals distributed by Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT), which must be at least $100. If your partial withdrawal from an Investment Option would leave a remaining Account Value in that Investment Option of less than $500, we also reserve the right, at our option and with prior written notice, to transfer that remaining amount to your other Investment Options on a proportionate basis relative to your most recent allocation instructions.

If your partial withdrawal leaves you with a Contract Value of less than $1,000, or if your partial withdrawal request is for an amount exceeding the amount available for withdrawal, as described in the *Amount Available for Withdrawal* section below, we have the right, at our option, to terminate your Contract and send you the withdrawal proceeds. However, we will not terminate your Contract if a partial withdrawal reduces the Contract Value to an amount less than $1,000 and there is an optional withdrawal benefit rider in effect.

*Amount Available for Withdrawal* 

The amount available for withdrawal is your Contract Value at the end of the Business Day on which your withdrawal request is effective, less any applicable optional Rider Charges, and any charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes. The amount we send to you (your "withdrawal proceeds") will also reflect any required or requested federal and state income tax withholding. See **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES**. If you own optional Riders, taking a withdrawal before a certain age or a withdrawal that is greater than the allowed annual withdrawal amount under a Rider, may result in adverse consequences such as a reduction in Rider benefits, failure to receive lifetime withdrawals under the Rider, or termination of the rider. If you own optional Riders, taking a withdrawal may reduce the benefits provided by the benefit.

You assume investment risk on Purchase Payments in the Subaccounts. As a result, the amount available to you for withdrawal from any Subaccount may be more or less than the total Purchase Payments you have allocated to that Subaccount.

*Pre-Authorized Withdrawals* 

If your Contract Value is at least $5,000, you may select the pre-authorized withdrawal option, and you may choose monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual withdrawals. Currently, we are not enforcing the minimum Contract Value amount but we reserve the right to enforce the minimum amount in the future. We will provide at least a 30 calendar day prior notice before we enforce the minimum Contract Value amount. Each withdrawal must be for at least $250, except for withdrawals distributed by Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT), which must be at least $100. Each pre-authorized withdrawal is subject to federal income tax on its taxable portion and may be subject to a tax penalty of 10% if you have not reached age 59½. Pre-authorized withdrawals cannot be used to continue the Contract beyond the Annuity Date. See **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES**. Additional information and options are set forth in the **Pre-Authorized Withdrawals** section of the SAI. If you have a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit rider in effect, pre-authorized withdrawals cannot take place on your Contract Anniversary.

*Special Requirements for Withdrawals and Payments to Third Party Payees*

Withdrawals may not be directed to individual third-party payees. If you wish to have a full or partial withdrawal check made payable to a third-party payee that is a financial institution, trust, or charity, you must provide complete instructions and the request may require an original signature and/or signature guarantee.

*Special Restrictions Under Qualified Plans* 

Qualified Plans may have additional rules regarding withdrawals from a Contract purchased under such a Plan. In general, if your Contract was issued under certain Qualified Plans, *you may not withdraw amounts* attributable to contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement (as defined in Section 402(g)(3)(A) of the Code) *except* in cases of your:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● severance from employment,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● death,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● disability as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● distributions upon termination of a Qualified Plan,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● reaching age 59½, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● hardship as defined for purposes of Section 401 of the Code.

These limitations do not affect certain rollovers or exchanges between Qualified Plans, and do not apply to rollovers from these Qualified Plans to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

Hardship withdrawals under the exception provided above are restricted to amounts attributable to salary reduction contributions, and do not include investment results. This additional restriction does not apply to salary reduction contributions made, or investment results earned, prior to dates specified in the Code.

Certain distributions, including rollovers, may be subject to mandatory withholding of 20% for federal income tax and to an additional tax of 10% if the distribution is not transferred directly to the trustee of another Qualified Plan, or to the custodian of an individual retirement account or issuer of an individual retirement annuity. See **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES -** *Tax Withholding for Qualified Contracts*. Distributions may also trigger withholding for state income taxes. The tax and ERISA rules relating to withdrawals from

------

Contracts issued to Qualified Plans are complex. We are not the administrator of any Qualified Plan. You should consult your qualified tax advisor and/or your Plan Administrator before you withdraw any portion of your Contract Value.

*Effective Date of Withdrawal Requests*

Withdrawal requests we receive before the close of New York Stock Exchange, which usually closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, will be effective at the end of the same Business Day that we receive them In Proper Form unless the transaction or event is scheduled to occur on another Business Day. Withdrawal requests received on or after the close of New York Stock Exchange will be effective on the following Business Day. We will normally send the proceeds within 7 calendar days after your request is effective. See **ADDITIONAL INFORMATION** - **Timing of Payments and Transactions**. If a Purchase Payment is made by check and you submit a withdrawal request immediately afterwards, we may hold the check and the payment of any withdrawal proceeds may be delayed until we receive confirmation in our Service Center that your check has cleared. In general, a delay of the payment of withdrawal proceeds during the check hold period will not exceed ten Business Days after we receive your withdrawal request In Proper Form. If we delay the payment of withdrawal proceeds during the check hold period, we will calculate the value of your withdrawal proceeds as of the end of the Business Day we received your withdrawal request In Proper Form.

#### Tax Consequences of Withdrawals
All withdrawals, including pre-authorized withdrawals, will generally have federal income tax consequences, which could include tax penalties. **You should consult with a qualified tax advisor before making any withdrawal or selecting the pre-authorized withdrawal option.** See **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES -** *10% Tax Penalty for Early Withdrawals*.

#### Right to Cancel ("Free Look")
You may return your Contract for cancellation and a refund during your Free Look period. Your Free Look period is usually the 10 calendar day period beginning on the calendar day you receive your Contract. If you are replacing another annuity contract or life insurance policy, the Free Look period ends 60 calendar days after you receive your Contract.

The amount of your refund may be more or less than the Purchase Payments you have made. If a Purchase Payment is made by check other than a cashier's check, we may hold the check and the payment of any refund during the "Right to Cancel" period may be delayed until we receive confirmation in our Service Center that your check has cleared. If you return your Contract and provide cancellation instructions, it will be cancelled as of the date we receive your Contract and cancellation instructions In Proper Form. You will then receive a refund of your Contract Value, based upon the next determined Accumulated Unit Value (AUV) after we receive your Contract for cancellation, plus a refund of any amount that may have been deducted as Contract fees and charges, and minus any additional amount credited as described in **CHARGES, FEES AND ADJUSTMENTS – Waivers and Reduced Charges**. You bear the investment risk for any additional amount credited. Your refund amount may be subject to income tax consequences, which include tax penalties. You should consult with a qualified tax advisor before cancelling your Contract for a refund.

If your Contract was issued as an IRA and you return your Contract within 7 calendar days after you receive it, we will return the greater of your Purchase Payments (less any withdrawals made) or the Contract Value, plus any amount that may have been deducted as Contract fees and charges.

Your Purchase Payments are allocated to the Investment Options you indicated on your application, unless otherwise required by state law. If state law requires that your Purchase Payments must be allocated to Investment Options different than you requested, we will comply with state requirements. At the end of the Free Look period, we will allocate your Purchase Payments based on your allocation instructions.

You will find a complete description of the Free Look period and amount to be refunded that applies to your Contract on the Contract's cover page.

#### OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS

#### General Information
*Optional Riders are subject to availability (including state availability) and may be discontinued for purchase at anytime. If we decide to discontinue offering an optional rider, we will amend this Prospectus. Before purchasing any optional Rider, make sure you understand all of the terms and conditions and consult with your Schwab investment professional for advice on whether an optional Rider is appropriate for you. Any guarantees provided through optional riders are backed by the financial strength and claims-paying ability of PL&A. You must look to the strength of the insurance company with regard to such guarantees. Schwab is not responsible for any optional Rider guarantees.* 

Living benefit riders available through this Contract, for an additional cost, are categorized as guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit riders. The following is a list (which may change from time to time) of riders currently available:

#### Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Future Income Generator (Single)

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Future Income Generator (Joint)

The guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit riders focus on providing an income stream for life through withdrawals during the accumulation phase, if certain conditions are met. The riders vary in the percentage that may be withdrawn each year, how long the withdrawals may last (for example, for a single life or for joint lives), and what age lifetime withdrawals may begin, if applicable. The riders also offer the potential to lock in market gains on each Contract Anniversary, which are used to calculate annual rider withdrawal limits. Such "locked-in" market gains are not added to the Contract Value, withdrawable as a lump sum, payable as a death benefit, or used in calculating any annuity option under the Contract but may increase the annual amount you may withdraw each year under the rider. If the Designated Life (or youngest Designated Life for joint versions) is at or above the age lifetime withdrawals begin, the riders provide an income stream regardless of market performance, even if your Contract Value is reduced to zero (such as through withdrawals (except Excess Withdrawals), fees, or market performance). If the Designated Life (youngest Designated Life for joint versions) is below the age lifetime withdrawals begin and your Contract Value goes to zero (such as through withdrawals, fees, or market performance) the rider will terminate. Only one guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit rider may be owned or in effect at the same time.

Withdrawals made under the riders are from the Contract Owner's Contract Value until the Contract Value goes to zero. We are only required to make lifetime income payments to the Contract Owner once the Contract Value is reduced to zero (except due to Excess Withdrawals), which may never occur.

You can find complete information about each optional rider and its key features and benefits below.

**Your election to purchase an optional Rider must be received In Proper Form. If an optional death benefit rider is purchased, you may not purchase any available Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (Single or Joint).**

Distributions made due to a request for partial annuitization, divorce instructions or under Code Section 72(t)/72(q) (substantially equal periodic payments) are treated as withdrawals for Contract purposes and may adversely affect Rider benefits.

Taking a withdrawal before a certain age or a withdrawal that is greater than the annual withdrawal amount ("excess withdrawal") under a particular Rider may result in adverse consequences such as a permanent reduction in Rider benefits, the failure to receive lifetime withdrawals under a Rider, or termination of the Rider. If you would like to make an excess withdrawal and are uncertain how an excess withdrawal will reduce your future guaranteed withdrawal amounts, then you may contact us prior to requesting the withdrawal to obtain a personalized, transaction specific calculation showing the effect of the excess withdrawal.

Schwab may limit you from purchasing some optional Riders based upon your age or other factors. You should work with your Schwab investment professional to decide whether an optional Rider is appropriate for you.

**Work with your Schwab investment professional to review the different riders available for purchase, how they function, how the riders differ from one another, and to understand all of the terms and conditions of an optional rider prior to purchase.**

Living benefit riders have investment allocation requirements. You can find the requirements in the Living Benefit Investment Allocation Requirements section of the **APPENDIX: INVESTMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT.**

*Multiple Rider Ownership*

Only one guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit rider may be owned or in effect at the same time.

*Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement*

A Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement is currently used for the Future Income Generator (Single) and (Joint) Riders. This supplement is a periodic supplement to the prospectus that discloses the Annual Charge Percentage, Annual Credit Percentage, and Withdrawal Percentages for the Future Income Generator (Single) or (Joint) riders. You can obtain current percentage rates by calling your Schwab investment professional, visiting www.PacificLife.com, or by calling us at (800) 748-6907.

To receive the applicable percentages in a supplement, your application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) must be signed on or after the date referenced in the supplement, your application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) must be received, In Proper Form, within 14-calendar days after the date you sign you application, and we must receive, In Proper Form, the initial Purchase Payment within 90-calendar days after the date you sign your application. Once the Rider is issued, your percentages will not change as long as you own the Rider (even if an automatic reset or owner-elected reset occurs as described in the *Reset of Protected Payment Base* subsection of each Rider).

We will periodically issue new supplements that may reflect percentages that may be higher or lower than the percentages in a previous supplement.

Subject to meeting the timelines referenced in the applicable supplement, on the issue date, if the rates we are currently offering have changed since the date you signed your application(or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) , the following will apply:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● If the Annual Credit Percentage increased, you will receive the higher percentage in effect on the issue date.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● If any Withdrawal Percentage increased, you will receive the higher percentages in effect on the issue date.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● If the Annual Charge Percentage decreased, you will receive the lower percentage in effect on your issue date.

However, if the Annual Credit and/or any Withdrawal Percentage decreased, or the Annual Charge Percentage increased, you will receive the Annual Credit, Withdrawal and Annual Charge Percentages in effect on the date you signed your application(or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) .

If the necessary paperwork and initial Purchase Payment are not received within the timeframes stated in the applicable supplement, you will receive the applicable percentages in effect as of the Contract issue date.

If you purchased a Rider, review the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement provided to you at Contract issue, review the rider specifications page you receive for your Contract, speak with your Schwab investment professional, or call us at (800) 748-6907 to confirm the percentages applicable to you.

Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements (for periods on and after May 1, 2024) may be found in the front of this prospectus. For Contracts with applications signed prior to May 1, 2024, see **APPENDIX: HISTORICAL RIDER PERCENTAGES**.

**When you elect an exchange, you are terminating your existing Rider and purchasing a new Rider. The Initial Protected Payment Base under the new Rider will be equal to the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. Generally, if your Contract Value is lower than the Protected Payment Base under your existing Rider, your election to exchange from one rider to another may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base, and Protected Payment Amount. In other words, your existing protected balances will not carryover to the new Rider. If you elect an exchange, you will be subject to the charge and the terms and conditions for the new Rider in effect at the time of the exchange. Only one exchange may be elected each Contract Year. Work with your Schwab investment professional prior to electing an exchange.**

#### Future Income Generator (Single)
(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit XXII Rider – Single Life in the Contract's Rider.)

*Purchasing the Rider*

#### Prior to purchase, you must obtain our approval if your initial Protected Payment Base is $1,000,000 or greater.
You may purchase this Rider only on the Contract Date, provided that on the Rider Effective Date:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Designated Life is 85 years of age or younger, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Owner and Annuitant is the same person (except for Non-Natural Owners),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Contract is not issued as an Inherited IRA, Inherited Roth IRA, Inherited TSA or Non-Qualified Life Expectancy (Stretch), and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● you allocate your entire Contract Value according to the investment allocation requirements in the **APPENDIX: INVESTMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT**.

Joint Owners may not purchase this Rider.

*Rider Terms*

**Annual Credit – An amount added to the Protected Payment Base. The Annual Credit Percentage is disclosed in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to your Contract.** 

**Annual RMD Amount** – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) ("Section 401(a)(9)") and related Treasury Regulations.

**Designated Life** – The person upon whose life the benefits of this Rider are based. The Owner/Annuitant (the Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) will be the Designated Life. The Designated Life cannot be changed.

**Early Withdrawal** – Any withdrawal that occurs before the Designated Life is 59½ years of age.

**Excess Withdrawal** – Any withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that occurs after the Designated Life is age 59½ or older and exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

**Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn in a Contract Year under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. The initial Protected Payment Amount will depend on the age of the Designated Life. If the Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to zero (0); however, once the Designated Life reaches age 59½, the Protected Payment Amount will be determined using the age at the time of the first withdrawal or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset. If the Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is the Withdrawal Percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base, less Withdrawals made during the Contract Year . In any event, the Protected Payment Amount will never be less than zero (0). The Withdrawal Percentages are disclosed in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to your Contract.**

**Protected Payment Base** – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial

------

Purchase Payment. See Example 1 in the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example of initial values. The Protected Payment Base will never be less than zero (0).

**Reset Date** – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

**Rider Effective Date** – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective; the Contract Date.

**Withdrawal Percentage – This percentage is used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The applicable Withdrawal Percentage is based on the age of the Designated Life at the time the first withdrawal, or the first withdrawal after an Automatic Reset or Owner-elected reset occurs. The Withdrawal Percentages are disclosed in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to your Contract.**

*Annual Credit*

On each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, an Annual Credit will be applied to the Protected Payment Base until the earlier of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the first withdrawal since the Rider Effective Date, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● 10 Contract Anniversaries from the Rider Effective Date.

**Prior to an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset, the Annual Credit amount is equal to the Annual Credit Percentage multiplied by the total Purchase Payments received. Once an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset takes place, the Annual Credit amount is equal to the reset Protected Payment Base plus any subsequent Purchase Payments multiplied by the Annual Credit Percentage. See Example 2 in the APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS for a numerical example of the Annual Credit calculation. Once a withdrawal (including an RMD withdrawal) or 10 Contract Anniversaries has occurred, as measured from the Rider Effective Date, no Annual Credit will be added to the Protected Payment Base. In addition, Annual Credit eligibility cannot be reinstated/restarted by any Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset. Any Annual Credit added during any Contract Year before Annual Credit eligibility is lost will continue to be counted in the Protected Payment Base. The Annual Credit Percentage is disclosed in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to your Contract.**

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the *Required Minimum Distributions* subsection and information about *Automatic Resets* and *Owner-Elected Resets* in the *Reset of Protected Payment Base* subsection below.

*How the Rider Works*

Beginning at age 59½, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. This Rider provides for an amount (an "Annual Credit") to be added to the Protected Payment Base. The Rider provides for Automatic Resets of the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (if the Protected Payment Base is at least $1.00 less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary). If there is an Annual Credit Amount applied, it is added to the Protected Payment Base before any reset determination is made. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the *Termination* subsection of this Rider for more information).

If the Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is the applicable Withdrawal Percentage **(as disclosed in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to your Contract)** multiplied by the Protected Payment Base, less any withdrawals made during the current Contract Year. If the Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is zero (0). Any allowable Protected Payment Amount remaining at the end of a Contract Year cannot be withdrawn during any following Contract Year.

If applicable, an Annual Credit is added to the Protected Payment Base prior to any Automatic Reset. If the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary is greater than the Protected Payment Base (which includes the Annual Credit amount), then the Protected Payment Base will be automatically reset to equal the Contract Value.

The Protected Payment Base may change over time. The Protected Payment Base can be changed by subsequent Purchase Payments, the Annual Credit, Automatic or Owner-Elected Resets or by certain withdrawals. Here are ways the Protected Payment Base may change:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● The Protected Payment Base is increased by the full amount of any subsequent Purchase Payments made during the Contract Year.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● For the first 10 years from the Rider Effective Date, the Protected Payment Base will be increased by the Annual Credit amount, as long as no withdrawals are made. If you take any type of withdrawal within the first 10 years from the Rider Effective Date, the Annual Credit will no longer affect the Protected Payment Base. Any Annual Credit added during the Contract Years before the withdrawals will remain in the Protected Payment Base.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● An Automatic Reset (if the Protected Payment base is at least $1.00 less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary) will increase the Protected Payment Base. An Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. See *Reset of Protected Payment Base* subsection.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the amount allowed each Contract Year (the Protected Payment Amount) will not change the Protected Payment Base. However, if a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base at the time of withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection. See Examples 3 and 4 of the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for numerical examples of withdrawals and the effect on the Protected Payment Base.

The Protected Payment Base cannot be withdrawn as a lump sum, is not payable as a death benefit, and is not used in calculating any annuity option available under the Contract before the maximum Annuity Date. See *Annuitization* subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges and taxes (there is no charge for the Protected Payment Amount allowed under the rider). Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. If the withdrawal amount is requested on a net basis, the Contract Owner must account for any charges and taxes to ensure that the gross withdrawal amount does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount. Unless you specify otherwise, a partial withdrawal amount requested will be processed as a gross amount. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

**If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including an IRA Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (*e.g*. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this Contract and optional rider, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals.** For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans**.

*Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount*

When the Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. The Protected Payment Amount will be reduced by the amount withdrawn during the Contract Year, inclusive of any applicable charges and taxes, and will be reset each Contract Anniversary. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged.

**Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount**. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. **Withdrawals that exceed the Protected Payment Amount may have the effect of reducing future benefits by more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal.** (See Example 4 in the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Excess Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

If you request a withdrawal that is greater than the Protected Payment Amount, you must have Contract Value that is equal to or greater than the withdrawal amount requested or your Rider will terminate (see the Depletion of Contract Value subsection below).

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES**.

*Early Withdrawal*

If an Early Withdrawal occurs, we will (immediately following the Early Withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in a lower Protected Payment Base. **Early Withdrawals may have the effect of reducing future benefits by more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal.** See Example 5 in the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Early Withdrawal.

*Required Minimum Distributions*

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● such withdrawal (an "RMD Withdrawal") is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Treasury Regulations,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Annual RMD Amount is based on the previous year-end fair market value of this Contract only, and

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● only RMD withdrawals are made from the Contract during the Contract Year.

Once a withdrawal occurs, including an RMD Withdrawal, no Annual Credit will be added to the Protected Payment Base. In addition, Annual Credit eligibility cannot be reinstated/restarted by any Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset. Any Annual Credit added during any Contract Year before Annual Credit eligibility is lost will continue to be counted in the Protected Payment Base.

**We reserve the right to modify or eliminate the treatment of RMD Withdrawals under this Rider if there is any change to the Internal Revenue Code or Treasury Regulations relating to required minimum distributions, including the issuance of relevant IRS guidance. If we exercise this right, we will provide 30 days advance notice to the Owner.**

See Example 6 in the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for numerical examples that describe what occurs when only withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount are made during a Contract Year and when withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount plus other non-RMD Withdrawals are made during a Contract Year.

Also see **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified Contracts** – *Required Minimum Distributions*.

*Depletion of Contract Value*

If the Designated Life is younger than age 59½ when the Contract Value is zero (such as through withdrawals, fees, or market performance), the Rider will terminate.

If the Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount (excluding an RMD withdrawal), the Rider will terminate.

If the Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal that did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount (except that an RMD Withdrawal may exceed the Protected Payment Amount), fees, or market performance, the following will apply:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the allowable withdrawal amount from the Contract beginning in the Contract Year that the Contract Value is reduced to zero will be limited to the Protected Payment Amount which will be paid automatically each year until the date of death of the Designated Life,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually, until the rider is terminated (see the Termination subsection),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit (amount will be zero).

*Reset of Protected Payment Base*

On and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued except that an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset will not reinstate eligibility for the Annual Credit as described above. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base is changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

**Automatic Reset**. On each Contract Anniversary, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base, after any Annual Credit is applied, is at least $1.00 less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. See Example 7 in the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example of an Automatic Reset.

**Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic).** You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. **Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base, Protected Payment Amount and any Annual Credit that may be applied.** Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. There may be situations where you may want to elect an Owner-Elected Reset. For example, one scenario where an Owner-Elected Reset may be used is when no Automatic Resets have occurred and the Designated Life has reached a higher age band (*e.g.* was 64 years of age and turned 65). The attainment of a higher age band may provide for a higher Withdrawal Percentage which could provide a higher annual withdrawal amount. See Example 8 in the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example how an Owner-Elected Reset may be used in this situation. **You are strongly advised to work with your Schwab investment professional prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset.** We will provide you written confirmation of your election.

*Subsequent Purchase Payments*

------

If we accept additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. See Example 2 in the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example of adjustments to the Protected Payment Base when an additional Purchase Payment is made. We reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we exercise our right to reject or restrict any future Purchase Payments, we will provide 30 days advance notice to the Owner. If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract and any limitations will be applied uniformly to all Contract Owners.

*Annuitization*

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments and your annuity payments received may be less than the Protected Payment Amount you are entitled to receive for life under the Rider. **Work with your Schwab investment professional to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.**

*Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract*

This Rider terminates upon the death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract, whichever occurs first. If the surviving spouse continues the Contract, the surviving spouse may not re-purchase this Rider, any payments under the Rider will cease, and the Rider will terminate. The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract (see **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS - Death Benefits**).

*Termination*

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the investment allocation requirements in the **APPENDIX: INVESTMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT** and no corrective action was taken, after written notice was provided, to comply with the requirements to continue the Rider,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the date of the death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day we are notified of an ownership change of a Non-Qualified Contract (excluding ownership changes to or from certain trusts, or adding or removing the Owner's spouse,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Annuity Date (see the *Annuitization* subsection for additional information),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero (0) as a result of Excess Withdrawal (see *Rider Terms)*, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero (0) (such as through withdrawals, fees, or market performance) if the Designated Life is younger than age 59½.

See the *Depletion of Contract Value* subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero.

*Sample Calculations*

Hypothetical sample calculations are in the attached **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS.** The examples are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns.

#### Future Income Generator (Joint)
(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit XXII Rider – Joint Life in the Contract's Rider.)

*Purchasing the Rider*

#### Prior to purchase, you must obtain our approval if your initial Protected Payment Base is $1,000,000 or greater.
You may purchase this Rider only on the Contract Date, if you meet the following eligibility requirements:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Contract is issued as:

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Non-Qualified Contract (this Rider is not available if this is a post-death Non-Qualified Contract, the Owner is a trust or other entity), or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Qualified Contract under Code Section 408(a), 408(k), 408A, 408(p), except for Inherited IRAs, Inherited Roth IRAs, or Inherited TSAs, 401(a), 401(k), Individual(k), or Keogh.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● both Designated Lives are 85 years or younger,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Contract must be structured so that upon the death of one Designated Life, the surviving Designated Life may retain or assume ownership of the Contract, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● any Owner/Annuitant is a Designated Life (except for custodial owned IRA).

For purposes of meeting the eligibility requirements, Designated Lives must be any one of the following:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● a sole Owner with the Owner's Spouse designated as the sole primary Beneficiary,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Joint Owners, where the Owners are each other's Spouses, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● if the Contract is issued as a custodial owned IRA, the beneficial owner must be the Annuitant and the Annuitant's Spouse must be designated as the sole primary Beneficiary under the Contract. The custodian, under a custodial owned IRA, for the benefit of the beneficial owner, may be designated as sole primary Beneficiary provided that the Spouse of the beneficial owner is the sole primary Beneficiary of the custodial account.

Naming your Spouse as the Beneficiary to meet eligibility requirements will not be considered a change of Annuitant on the Contract.

*Rider Terms*

**Annual Credit – An amount added to the Protected Payment Base. The Annual Credit Percentage is disclosed in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to your Contract.** 

**Annual RMD Amount** – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) ("Section 401(a)(9)") and related Treasury Regulations.

**Designated Lives** (each a **"Designated Life"**) – Designated Lives must be natural persons who are each other's spouses on the Rider Effective Date. Designated Lives will remain unchanged while this Rider is in effect.

To be eligible for lifetime benefits, the Designated Life must:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● be the Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA), or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● remain the Spouse of the other Designated Life and be the first in line of succession, as determined under the Contract, for payment of any death benefit.

**Early Withdrawal** – Any withdrawal that occurs before the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age.

**Excess Withdrawal** – Any withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that occurs after the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

**Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn in a Contract Year under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. The initial Protected Payment Amount will depend on the age of the youngest Designated Life. If the youngest Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to zero (0); however, once the youngest Designated Life reaches age 59½, the Protected Payment Amount will be determined using the age at the time of the first withdrawal or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset. If the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is the Withdrawal Percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base, less Withdrawals made during the Contract Year. In any event, the Protected Payment Amount will never be less than zero (0). The Withdrawal Percentages are disclosed in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to your Contract.**

**Protected Payment Base** – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment. See Example 1 in the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example of initial values. The Protected Payment Base will never be less than zero (0).

**Reset Date** – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

**Rider Effective Date** – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective; the Contract Date.

**Spouse** – The Owner's spouse who is treated as the Owner's spouse pursuant to federal law. If the Contract is a custodial owned IRA, the Annuitant's spouse who is treated as the Annuitant's spouse pursuant to federal law.

**Surviving Spouse** – The surviving spouse of a deceased Owner (or Annuitant in the case of a custodial owned IRA).

------

**Withdrawal Percentage – This percentage is used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The applicable Withdrawal Percentage is based on the age of the youngest Designated Life at the time the first withdrawal, or the first withdrawal after an Automatic Reset or Owner-elected reset occurs. The Withdrawal Percentage is disclosed in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to your Contract.**

*Annual Credit*

On each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, an Annual Credit will be applied to the Protected Payment Base until the earlier of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the first withdrawal since the Rider Effective Date, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● 10 Contract Anniversaries from the Rider Effective Date.

**Prior to an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset, the Annual Credit amount is equal to the Annual Credit percentage multiplied by the total Purchase Payments received. Once an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset takes place, the Annual Credit amount is equal to the reset Protected Payment Base plus any subsequent Purchase Payments multiplied by the Annual Credit Percentage. See Example 2 in the APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS for a numerical example of the Annual Credit calculation. Once a withdrawal (including an RMD withdrawal) or 10 Contract Anniversaries has occurred, as measured from the Rider Effective Date, no Annual Credit will be added to the Protected Payment Base. In addition, Annual Credit eligibility cannot be reinstated/restarted by any Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset. Any Annual Credit added during any Contract Year before Annual Credit eligibility is lost will continue to be counted in the Protected Payment Base. The Annual Credit Percentage is disclosed in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to your Contract.**

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the *Required Minimum Distributions* subsection and information about *Automatic Resets* and *Owner-Elected Resets* in the *Reset of Protected Payment Base* subsection below.

*How the Rider Works*

Beginning at age 59½, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. This Rider provides for an amount (an "Annual Credit") to be added to the Protected Payment Base. The Rider provides for Automatic Resets of the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (if the Protected Payment Base is at least $1.00 less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary). If there is an Annual Credit amount applied, it is added to the Protected Payment Base before any reset determination is made. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the *Termination* subsection of this Rider for more information).

If the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is the applicable Withdrawal Percentage **(as disclosed in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to your Contract)** multiplied by the Protected Payment Base less any withdrawals made during the current Contract Year. If the youngest Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is zero (0). Any allowable Protected Payment Amount remaining at the end of a Contract Year cannot be withdrawn during any following Contract Year.

If applicable, an Annual Credit is added to the Protected Payment Base prior to any Automatic Reset. If the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary is greater than the Protected Payment Base (which includes the Annual Credit amount), then the Protected Payment Base will be automatically reset to equal the Contract Value.

The Protected Payment Base may change over time. The Protected Payment Base can be changed by subsequent Purchase Payments, the Annual Credit, Automatic or Owner-Elected Resets or by certain withdrawals. Here are ways the Protected Payment Base may change:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● The Protected Payment Base is increased by the full amount of any subsequent Purchase Payments made during the Contract year.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● For the first 10 years from the Rider Effective Date, the Protected Payment Base will be increased by the Annual Credit amount, as long as no withdrawals are made. If you take any type of withdrawal within the first 10 years from the Rider Effective Date, the Annual Credit will no longer affect the Protected Payment Base. Any Annual Credit added during the Contract Years before the withdrawal will remain in the Protected Payment Base.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● An Automatic Reset (if the Protected Payment base is at least $1.00 less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary) will increase the Protected Payment Base. An Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. See the *Reset of Protected Payment Base* subsection.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the amount allowed each Contract Year (the Protected Payment Amount) will not change the Protected Payment Base. However, if a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base at the time of withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection. See examples 3 and 4 of the

------

**APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for numerical examples of withdrawals and the effect on the Protected Payment Base.

The Protected Payment Base cannot be withdrawn as a lump sum, is not payable as a death benefit, and is not used in calculating any annuity option available under the Contract before the maximum Annuity Date. See the *Annuitization* subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges and taxes (there is no charge for the Protected Payment Amount allowed under the rider). Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. If the withdrawal amount is requested on a net basis, the Contract Owner must account for any charges and taxes to ensure that the gross withdrawal amount does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount. Unless you specify otherwise, a partial withdrawal amount requested will be processed as a gross amount. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

**If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including an IRA Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this Contract and optional rider, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans.**

*Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount*

When the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. The Protected Payment Amount will be reduced by the amount withdrawn during the Contract Year, inclusive of any applicable charges and taxes, and will be reset each Contract Anniversary. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged.

**Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount**. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. **Withdrawals that exceed the Protected Payment Amount may have the effect of reducing future benefits by more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal.** (See Example 4 in the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Excess Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

If you request a withdrawal that is greater than the Protected Payment Amount, you must have Contract Value that is equal to or greater than the withdrawal amount requested or your Rider will terminate (see the Depletion of Contract Value subsection below).

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES**.

*Early Withdrawal*

If an Early Withdrawal occurs, we will (immediately following the Early Withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in a lower Protected Payment Base. **Early Withdrawals may have the effect of reducing future benefits by more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal.** See Example 5 in the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Early Withdrawal.

*Required Minimum Distributions*

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● such withdrawal (an "RMD Withdrawal") is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Treasury Regulations,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Annual RMD Amount is based on the previous year-end fair market value of this Contract only,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● only RMD withdrawals are made from the Contract during the Contract Year, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older.

------

Once a withdrawal occurs, including an RMD withdrawal, no Annual Credit will be added to the Protected Payment Base. In addition, Annual Credit eligibility cannot be reinstated/restarted by any Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset. Any Annual Credit added during any Contract Year before Annual Credit eligibility is lost will continue to be counted in the Protected Payment Base.

**We reserve the right to modify or eliminate the treatment of RMD Withdrawals under this Rider if there is any change to the Internal Revenue Code or Treasury Regulations relating to required minimum distributions, including the issuance of relevant IRS guidance. If we exercise this right, we will provide 30 days advance notice to the Owner.**

See Example 6 in the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for numerical examples that describe what occurs when only withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount are made during a Contract Year and when withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount plus other non-RMD Withdrawals are made during a Contract Year.

Also see **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified Contracts** – *Required Minimum Distributions*.

*Depletion of Contract Value*

If the youngest Designated Life is younger than age 59½ when the Contract Value is zero (such as through withdrawals, fees, or market performance), the Rider will terminate.

If the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount (excluding an RMD withdrawal), the Rider will terminate.

If the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal that did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount, (except that an RMD Withdrawal may exceed the Protected Payment Amount), fees, or market performance, the following will apply:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the allowable withdrawal amount from the Contract beginning in the Contract Year that the Contract Value is reduced to zero will be limited to the Protected Payment Amount which will be paid automatically each year until the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually, until the rider is terminated (see the *Termination* subsection),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit (amount will be zero).

*Reset of Protected Payment Base*

On and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued except that an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset will not reinstate eligibility for the Annual Credit as described above. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base is changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

**Automatic Reset**. On each Contract Anniversary, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base, after any Annual Credit is applied, is at least $1.00 less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. See Example 7 in the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example of an Automatic Reset.

**Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic).** You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. **Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base, Protected Payment Amount and any Annual Credit that may be applied.** Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. There may be situations where you may want to elect an Owner-Elected Reset. For example, one scenario where an Owner-Elected Reset may be used is when no Automatic Resets have occurred and the youngest Designated Life has reached a higher age band (*e.g.* was 64 years of age and turned 65). See Example 8 in the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example how an Owner-Elected Reset may be used in this situation. The attainment of a higher age band may provide for a higher Withdrawal Percentage which could provide a higher annual withdrawal amount. **You are strongly advised to work with your financial professional prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset.** We will provide you written confirmation of your election.

*Subsequent Purchase Payments*

If we accept additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. See Example 2 in the **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT)** 

------

**SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example of adjustments to the Protected Payment Base when an additional Purchase Payment is made. We reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we exercise our right to reject or restrict any future Purchase Payments, we will provide 30 days advance notice to the Owner If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract and any limitations will be applied uniformly to all Contract Owners.

*Annuitization*

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only or Joint and Survivor Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Life Only or Joint and Survivor Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments and your annuity payments received may be less than the Protected Payment Amount, you are entitled to receive for life under the Rider. **Work with your financial professional to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.**

*Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract*

If the Owner dies and the Surviving Spouse (who is also a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits) elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, the Surviving Spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Rider terminates. See the *Termination* subsection below. If no withdrawals have occurred after the youngest Designated Life reached age 59½, then the Withdrawal Percentage and corresponding Protected Payment Amount will be based on the age when the Surviving Spouse first takes a withdrawal. The Surviving Spouse may elect any of the reset options available under this Rider for subsequent Contract Anniversaries.

The Surviving Spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract (see **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Death Benefits**).

*Ownership and Beneficiary Changes*

Changes to the Contract Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary designations and changes in marital status, including a dissolution of marriage, may adversely affect the benefits of this Rider. A particular change may make a Designated Life ineligible to receive lifetime income benefits under this Rider. As a result, the Rider may remain in effect and you may pay for benefits that you will not receive. **You are strongly advised to work with your financial professional and consider your options prior to making any Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary changes to your Contract.** See *Rider Terms – Designated Lives* above and **ADDITIONAL INFORMATION – Changes to Your Contract** in the Prospectus.

*Termination*

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the investment allocation requirements in the **APPENDIX: INVESTMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT** and no corrective action was taken, after written notice was provided, to comply with the requirements to continue the Rider,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the date of the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and a Surviving Spouse who chooses to continue the Contract is not a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and the Contract is not continued by a Surviving Spouse who is a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● if both Designated Lives are Joint Owners and there is a change in marital status, the Rider will terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life who is a Contract Owner,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day that we are notified of an ownership change and neither Designated Life is an Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA) to or from certain trusts, or adding or removing the Owner's spouse

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Annuity Date (see the *Annuitization* subsection for additional information),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero (0) as a result of an Excess Withdrawal (see *Rider Terms*), or

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero (0) (such as through withdrawals, fees, or market performance) if the youngest Designated Life is younger than age 59½.

See the *Depletion of Contract Value* subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero.

*Sample Calculations*

Hypothetical sample calculations are in the attached **APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE & JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** The examples are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns.

#### PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY, PACIFIC LIFE, AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
*Pacific Life & Annuity Company (PL&A)*

PL&A is a life insurance company domiciled in Arizona. Our operations include life insurance, annuity and institutional products and various other insurance products and services.

Our executive office is located at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.

Our affiliate, Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD), serves as the principal underwriter (distributor) for the Contracts. PSD is located at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660. We and PSD entered into a selling agreement with Schwab whose Schwab investment professionals are authorized by the Superintendent of the New York State Department of Financial Services to sell the Contracts.

We may provide you with reports of our ratings as in insurance company and as to our claims paying ability with respect to our General Account assets.

*Pacific Life*

Pacific Life Insurance Company administers the policies sold under this Prospectus. Pacific Life's executive office is located at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.

*Separate Account A*

Separate Account A is a separate account of ours, and is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"), as a type of investment company called a "unit investment trust."

Obligations arising under your Contract are our general corporate obligations. We are also the legal owner of the assets in the Separate Account. Income, gains, and losses credited to, or charged against, the Separate Account reflect the Separate Account's own investment experience and not the investment experience of our other assets. The assets of the Separate Account may not be used to pay any liabilities of ours other than those arising from the Contracts and any other contracts supported by the Separate Account. We are obligated to pay all amounts promised to investors under the Contracts.

We may invest money in the Separate Account in order to commence its operations and for other purposes, but not to support contracts other than variable annuity contracts. A portion of the Separate Account's assets may include accumulations of charges we make against the Separate Account and investment results of assets so accumulated. These additional assets are ours and we may transfer them to our General Account at any time; however, before making any such transfer, we will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer might have on the Separate Account. Subject to applicable law, we reserve the right to transfer our assets in the Separate Account to our General Account.

#### FEDERAL TAX ISSUES
*The following summary of federal income tax issues is based on our understanding of current tax laws and regulations, which may be changed by legislative, judicial or administrative action. The summary is general in nature and is not intended as tax advice. Moreover, it does not consider any applicable foreign, state or local tax laws. Neither we, nor Schwab or Schwab investment professionals make any guarantee regarding the tax status, federal, foreign, state or local, of any Contract or any transaction involving the Contracts. Accordingly, you should consult a qualified tax advisor for complete information and advice before purchasing a Contract. Additional tax information is included in the* **More on Federal Tax Issues** *section in the SAI. We reserve the right to amend this Contract without the Owner's consent to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain its tax qualification or to conform this Contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements.*

*Diversification Requirements and Investor Control*

Section 817(h) of the Code provides that the investments underlying a variable annuity must satisfy certain diversification requirements in order for the contract to be treated as an annuity contract and qualify for tax deferral. We believe the underlying Variable Investment Options for the contract meet these requirements. Details on these diversification requirements appear in the Fund SAIs.

------

In addition, for a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax deferral, assets in the separate accounts supporting the contract must be considered to be owned by the insurance company and not by the Contract Owner. Under current U.S. tax law, if a Contract Owner has excessive control over the investments made by a separate account, or the underlying Fund, the Contract Owner will be taxed currently on income and gains from the account or Fund. In other words, in such a case of investor control the Contract Owner would not derive the tax benefits normally associated with variable annuities. For more information regarding investor control, please refer to the contract SAI.

#### Taxation of Annuities – General Provisions
Section 72 of the Code governs the taxation of annuities in general, and we designed the Contracts to meet the requirements of Section 72 of the Code. We believe that, under current law, the Contract will be treated as an annuity for federal income tax purposes if the Contract Owner is a natural person or an agent for a natural person, and that we (as the issuing insurance company), and not the Contract Owner(s), will be treated as the owner of the investments underlying the Contract. Accordingly, no tax should be payable by you as a Contract Owner as a result of any increase in Contract Value until you receive money under your Contract. You should, however, consider how amounts will be taxed when you do receive them. The following discussion assumes that your Contract will be treated as an annuity for federal income tax purposes.

#### Non-Qualified Contracts – General Rules
***These general rules apply to Non-Qualified Contracts. As discussed below, however, tax rules may differ for Qualified Contracts and you should consult a qualified tax advisor if you are purchasing a Qualified Contract.***

*Taxes Payable*

A Contract Owner is not taxed on the increases in the value of a Contract until an amount is received or deemed to be received. An amount could be received or deemed to be received, for example, if there is a partial distribution, a lump sum distribution, an Annuity payment or a material change in the Contract or if any portion of the Contract is transferred, pledged or assigned. See the *Addition of Optional Rider or Material Change to Contract* section below. Increases in Contract Value that are received or deemed to be received are taxable to the Contract Owner as ordinary income. Distributions of net investment income or capital gains that each Subaccount receives from its corresponding Fund are automatically reinvested in such Fund unless we, on behalf of the Separate Account, elect otherwise. As noted above, you will be subject to federal income taxes on the investment income from your Contract only when it is distributed to you.

Any taxable distribution of the investment income from your Contract may also be subject to a net investment income tax of 3.80%. This tax applies to various investment income such as interest, dividends, royalties, payments from annuities, and the disposition of property, but only to the extent a taxpayer's modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain thresholds ($200,000 for individuals/$250,000 if married filing jointly). Please speak to your tax advisor about this tax.

*Non-Natural Persons as Owners*

If a contract is not owned or held by a natural person or as agent for a natural person, the contract generally will not be treated as an "annuity" for tax purposes, meaning that the Contract Owner will be subject to current tax on annual increases in Contract Value at ordinary income rates unless some other exception applies. Certain entities, such as some trusts, may be deemed to be acting as agents for natural persons. Corporations, including S corps, C corps, LLCs, partnerships and FLPs, and tax-exempt entities are non-natural persons that will not be deemed to be acting as agents for natural persons.

*Addition of Optional Rider or Material Change to Contract*

The addition of a rider to the Contract, or a material change in the Contract's provisions, such as a change in Contract ownership or an assignment of the Contract, could cause it to be considered newly issued or entered into for tax purposes, and thus could cause a taxable event or the Contract to lose certain grandfathered tax status. Please contact your tax advisor for more information.

*Taxes Payable on Withdrawals Prior to the Annuity Date*

Amounts you withdraw before annuitization, including amounts withdrawn from your Contract Value in connection with partial withdrawals for payment of any charges and fees, will be treated first as taxable income to the extent that your Contract Value exceeds the aggregate of your Purchase Payments reduced by non-taxable amounts previously received (investment in the Contract), and then as non-taxable recovery of your Purchase Payments. Therefore, you include in your gross income the smaller of: a) the amount of the partial withdrawal, or b) the amount by which your Contract Value immediately before you receive the distribution exceeds your investment in the Contract at that time.

Exceptions to this rule are distributions in full discharge of your Contract (a full surrender) or distributions from contracts issued and investments made before August 14, 1982.

If at the time of a partial withdrawal your Contract Value does not exceed your investment in the Contract, then the withdrawal will not be includable in gross income and will simply reduce your investment in the Contract.

------

The assignment or pledge of (or agreement to assign or pledge) the value of the Contract for a loan will be treated as a withdrawal subject to these rules. You should consult your tax advisor for additional information regarding taking a partial or a full distribution from your Contract.

*Multiple Contracts (Aggregation Rule)*

Multiple Non-Qualified Contracts that are issued after October 21, 1988, by us or our affiliates to the same Owner during the same calendar year are treated as one Contract for purposes of determining the taxation of distributions (the amount includable in gross income under Code Section 72(e)) prior to the Annuity Date from any of the Contracts. A Contract received in a tax-free exchange under Code Section 1035 may be treated as a new Contract for this purpose. For Contracts subject to the Aggregation Rule, the values of the Contracts and the investments in the Contracts are added together to determine the taxation under Code Section 72(e). Withdrawals will be treated first as withdrawals of income until all of the income from all such Contracts is withdrawn. The Treasury Department has specific authority under Code Section 72(e)(11) to issue regulations to prevent the avoidance of the income-out-first rules for withdrawals prior to the Annuity Date through the serial purchase of Contracts or otherwise. As of the date of this Prospectus there are no regulations interpreting these aggregation provisions.

*10% Tax Penalty Applicable to Certain Withdrawals and Annuity Payments*

The Code provides that the taxable portion of a withdrawal or other distribution may be subject to a tax penalty equal to 10% of that taxable portion unless the withdrawal is:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● made on or after the date you reach age 59½,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● made by a Beneficiary after your death,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● attributable to your becoming disabled,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● any payments annuitized using a life contingent Annuity Option,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● attributable to an investment in the Contract made prior to August 14, 1982, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● any distribution that is a part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (Code Section 72(q) payments) made (at least annually) over your life (or life expectancy) or the joint lives (or life expectancies) of you and your designated Beneficiary.

Withdrawals from a Qualified Contract have a similar 10% additional tax and have similar exceptions (see ***Taxes Payable on Annuity Payments*** and the applicable **Qualified Contracts**).

*Distributions After the Annuity Date*

After you annuitize, a portion of each annuity payment you receive under a Contract generally will be treated as a partial recovery of Investments (as used here, "Investments" means the aggregate Purchase Payments less any amounts that were previously received under the Contract but not included in income) and will not be taxable. (In certain circumstances, subsequent modifications to an initially-established payment pattern may result in the imposition of a tax penalty.) The remainder of each annuity payment will be taxed as ordinary income. However, after the full amount of aggregate Investments has been recovered, the full amount of each annuity payment will be taxed as ordinary income. Exactly how an annuity payment is divided into taxable and non-taxable portions depends on the period over which annuity payments are expected to be received, which in turn is governed by the form of annuity selected and, where a lifetime annuity is chosen, by the life expectancy of the Annuitant(s) or payee(s). Such a payment may also be subject to a tax penalty if taken prior to age 59½.

*Distributions to Beneficiary After Contract Owner's Death*

*Generally, the same tax rules apply to amounts received by the Beneficiary as those that apply to the Contract Owner, except that the early withdrawal tax penalty does not apply. Thus, any annuity payments or lump sum withdrawal will be divided into taxable and non-taxable portions.*

If death occurs after the Annuity Date, but before the expiration of a period certain option, the Beneficiary will recover the balance of the Investments as payments are made and may be allowed a deduction on the final tax return for the unrecovered Investments. A lump sum payment taken by the Beneficiary in lieu of remaining monthly annuity payments is not considered an annuity payment for tax purposes. The portion of any lump sum payment to a Beneficiary in excess of aggregate unrecovered Investments would be subject to income tax.

*Contract Owner's Estate*

Generally, any amount payable to a Beneficiary after the Contract Owner's death, whether before or after the Annuity Date, will be included in the estate of the Contract Owner for federal estate tax purposes. If the inclusion of the value of the Contract triggers a federal estate tax to be paid, the Beneficiary may be able to use a deduction called Income in Respect of Decedent (IRD) in calculating the income taxes payable upon receipt of the death benefit proceeds. In addition, designation of a non-spouse Beneficiary who either is 37½ or more years younger than a Contract Owner or is a grandchild of a Contract Owner may have Generation Skipping Transfer Tax (GSTT) consequences under section 2601 of the Code. You should consult with a qualified tax advisor if you have questions about federal estate tax, IRD, or GSTT.

------

*Gifts of Annuity Contracts*

Generally, gifts of Non-Qualified Contracts prior to the annuity start date will trigger tax reporting to the donor on the gain on the Contract, with the donor getting a stepped-up basis for the amount included in the donor's income. The 10% early withdrawal tax penalty and gift tax also may be applicable. This provision does not apply to transfers between spouses or incident to a divorce, or transfers to and from a trust acting as agent for the Owner or the Owner's spouse.

*Tax Withholding for Non-Qualified Contracts*

Unless you elect to the contrary, any amounts you receive under your Contract that are attributable to investment income will be subject to withholding to meet federal income tax obligations. For nonperiodic distributions, you will have the option to provide us with withholding information by submitting IRS Form W-4R at the time of your withdrawal request. If you do not provide us with withholding information, we will generally withhold 10% of the taxable distribution amount and remit it to the IRS. For periodic (annuity) payments, the rate of withholding will be determined on the basis of the withholding information you provide to us on IRS Form W-4P. If you do not provide us with withholding information, we are required to determine the Federal income tax withholding according to the then current defaults for marital status and number of adjustments, if any. State and local withholding may apply different defaults and will be determined by applicable law.

Please call (800) 748-6907 with any questions about the required withholding information. Schwab investment professionals may call us at (800) 610-4823.

*Tax Withholding for Non-resident Aliens or Non U.S. Persons*

Taxable distributions to Contract Owners who are non-resident aliens or other non U.S. persons are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. Prospective foreign owners are advised to consult with a tax advisor regarding the U.S., state and foreign tax treatment of a Contract. Currently, we require all Contract Owners to be a U.S. person (citizen) or a U.S. resident alien.

*Exchanges of Non-Qualified Contracts (1035 Exchanges)* 

You may make your initial or an additional Purchase Payment through an exchange of an existing annuity contract or endowment life insurance contract pursuant to Section 1035 of the Code (a 1035 exchange). The exchange can be effected by completing the Transfer/Exchange form, indicating in the appropriate section of the form that you are making a 1035 exchange and submitting any applicable Regulation 60 paperwork. The form is available by calling your Schwab investment professional if you are working with one, by calling a Schwab Annuity Specialist at (888) 311-4887, or on our website at www.PacificLife.com. If you are a Schwab investment professional, please call PL&A at (800) 610-4823. Once completed, the form should be mailed to PL&A. If you are making an initial Purchase Payment, a completed Contract application should also be attached.

A post-death 1035 exchange of Non-Qualified assets may be available for beneficiaries who have elected to receive lifetime payments under Section 72(s) of the Code. Note that we reserve the right to restrict the maximum issue age for this type of transaction. Additionally, we will not accept additional purchase payments or allow a change in ownership (including collateral assignment requests) for a Contract issued via a post-death 1035 exchange of Non-Qualified assets.

In general terms, Section 1035 of the Code provides that no gain or loss is recognized when you exchange one annuity or life insurance contract for another annuity contract. Transactions under Section 1035, however, may be subject to special rules and may require special procedures and record keeping, particularly if the exchanged annuity contract was issued prior to August 14, 1982. You should consult your tax advisor prior to affecting a 1035 exchange.

*Partial 1035 Exchanges and Annuitization*

A partial exchange is the direct transfer of only a portion of an existing annuity's Contract Value to a new annuity contract. Under Rev. Proc. 2011-38 a partial exchange will be treated as tax-free under Code Section 1035 if there are no distributions, from either annuity, within 180 calendar days after the partial 1035 exchange. Any distribution taken during the 180 calendar days be treated as if it was received as taxable "boot" during the exchange. Such determination will be made by the IRS, using general tax principles, to determine the substance, and thus the treatment of the transaction. In addition, annuity payments that are based on one or more lives or for a period of 10 or more years (as described in Code Section 72(a)(2)) are not prohibited during the 180 calendar days following an exchange. Rev. Proc. 2011-38 applies to partial exchanges and partial annuitizations *on or after* October 24, 2011.

***You should consult your tax advisor prior to affecting a partial 1035 exchange or a partial annuitization.***

#### Impact of Federal Income Taxes
In general, in the case of Non-Qualified Contracts, if you are an individual and expect to accumulate your Contract Value over a relatively long period of time without making significant withdrawals, there may be federal income tax advantages in purchasing such a Contract. This is because any increase in Contract Value is not subject to current taxation. Income taxes are deferred until the money is withdrawn, at which point taxation occurs only on the gain from the investment in the Contract. With income taxes deferred, you may accumulate more money over the long term through a variable annuity than you may through non-tax-deferred investments. The advantage may be greater if you decide to liquidate your Contract Value in the form of monthly annuity payments after your retirement, or if your tax rate is lower at that time than during the period that you held the Contract, or both.

------

When withdrawals or distributions are taken from the variable annuity, the gain is taxed as ordinary income. This may be a potential disadvantage because money that had been invested in other types of assets may qualify for a more favorable federal tax rate. For example, the tax rate applicable both to the sale of capital gain assets held more than 1 year and to the receipt of qualifying dividends by individuals is a maximum of 20% (as low as 0% for lower-income individuals). In contrast, an ordinary income tax rate of up to 37% applies to taxable withdrawals on distributions from a variable annuity. Also, withdrawals or distributions taken from a variable annuity prior to attaining age 59½ may be subject to a tax penalty equal to 10% of the taxable portion, although exceptions to the tax penalty may apply.

An owner of a variable annuity cannot deduct or offset losses on transfers to or from Subaccounts, or at the time of any partial withdrawals. Additionally, if you surrender your Contract and your Contract Value is less than the aggregate of your investments in the Contract (reduced by any previous non-taxable distributions), you may not be able to deduct the ordinary income loss. Consult with your tax advisor regarding the impact of federal income taxes on your specific situation.

#### Taxes on Pacific Life & Annuity Company
Although the Separate Account is registered as an investment company, it is not a separate taxpayer for purposes of the Code. The earnings of the Separate Account are taxed as part of our operations. No charge is made against the Separate Account for our federal income taxes (excluding the charge for premium taxes), but we will review, periodically, the question of charges to the Separate Account or your Contract for such taxes. Such a charge may be made in future years for any federal income taxes that would be attributable to the Separate Account or to our operations with respect to your Contract, or attributable, directly or indirectly, to investments in your Contract.

Under current law, we may incur state and local taxes (in addition to premium taxes) in several states. At present, these taxes are not significant and they are not charged against the Contract or the Separate Account. If there is a material change in applicable state or local tax laws, the imposition of any such taxes upon us that are attributable to the Separate Account or to our operations with respect to your Contract may result in a corresponding charge against the Separate Account or your Contract.

Given the uncertainty of future changes in applicable federal, state or local tax laws, we cannot appropriately describe the effect a tax law change may have on taxes that would be attributable to the Separate Account or your Contract.

#### Qualified Contracts – General Rules
The Contracts are available to a variety of Qualified Plans and IRAs. Tax restrictions and consequences for Contracts under each type of Qualified Plan and IRAs differ from each other and from those for Non-Qualified Contracts. No attempt is made herein to provide more than general information about the use of the Contract with the various types of Qualified Plans and IRAs. Participants under such Qualified Plans, as well as Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries, are cautioned that the rights of any person to any benefits under such Qualified Plans may be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plans themselves or limited by applicable law, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract issued in connection therewith.

*Tax Deferral*

It is important to know that Qualified Plans such as 401(k)s, as well as IRAs, are already tax-deferred. Therefore, an annuity contract should be used to fund an IRA or Qualified Plan to benefit from the annuity's features other than tax deferral. Other benefits of using a variable annuity to fund a Qualified Plan or an IRA include the lifetime income options, guaranteed death benefit options and the ability to transfer among Investment Options. You should consider if the Contract is a suitable investment if you are investing through a Qualified Plan or IRA.

*Taxes Payable*

Generally, amounts received from Qualified Contracts are taxed as ordinary income under Section 72, to the extent that they are not treated as a tax-free recovery of after-tax contributions (if any). Amounts you withdraw before annuitization, including amounts withdrawn from your Contract Value in connection with partial withdrawals for payment of any charges and fees, will be treated as ordinary income. Different rules apply for Roth IRAs. Consult your tax advisor before requesting a distribution from a Qualified Contract.

*10% Additional Tax for Early Withdrawals*

Generally, distributions from IRAs and Qualified Plans that occur before you attain age 59½ are subject to a 10% additional tax imposed on the amount of the distribution that is includable in gross income, with certain exceptions. These exceptions include, but are not limited to, distributions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● made to a Beneficiary after the Owner's/participant's death,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● attributable to the Owner/participant becoming disabled under Section 72(m)(7),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● that are part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (also referred to as SEPPs or 72(t) payments) made (at least annually) over your life (or life expectancy) or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of you and your designated Beneficiary, and commence after you have separated from service (if payments are made from a qualified retirement plan),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● for certain higher education expenses (IRAs only),

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● used to pay for certain health insurance premiums or medical expenses (IRAs only),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● for costs related to the purchase of your first home (IRAs only), and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● (except for IRAs) made to an employee after separation from service if the employee separates from service during or after the calendar year in which he or she attains age 55 (or age 50 in the case of a qualified public safety employee).

You should consult with your tax advisor for the full list of exceptions to see if one or more apply to your particular circumstances.

*Tax Withholding for Qualified Contracts*

Distributions from a Contract under a Qualified Plan (not including an individual retirement annuity subject to Code Section 408 or Code Section 408A) to an employee, surviving spouse, or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, that are permitted to be rolled over to an eligible retirement plan, are subject to mandatory income tax withholding of 20% of the taxable amount of the distribution, unless the distributee directs the transfer of such amounts in cash to another Qualified Plan or a traditional IRA.

Distributions that are not an eligible rollover distribution include:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● any distribution that is a minimum distribution required under the Code, which includes any annuity payment made on or after January 1 of the year you turn age 73 (or 70 ½ if born prior to July 1, 1949 or 72 if born prior to January 1, 1951);

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● any portion of the distribution that is not includable in gross income because it is a return of any after-tax contributions;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● any distribution that is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over your life or the lives or you and your designated Beneficiary, or made for fixed period of at least 10 years.

The taxable amount is the amount of the distribution less the amount allocable to after-tax contributions. All other types of taxable distributions are subject to 10% federal withholding unless the distributee elects not to have withholding apply.

For periodic (annuity) payments, the rate of withholding will be determined on the basis of the withholding information you provide to us. If you do not provide us with withholding information, we are required to determine the Federal income tax withholding according to the current defaults for marital status and number of adjustments, if any. State and local withholding may apply different defaults and will be determined by applicable law.

*IRAs and Other Qualified Contracts with Optional Benefit Riders*

As of the date of this Prospectus, there are special considerations for purchases of any optional living or death benefit riders. Treasury Regulations state that Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) may generally not invest in life insurance contracts. We believe that these Regulations do not prohibit the living or death benefit riders from being added to your Contract if it is issued as a Traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA or SIMPLE IRA. However, the law is unclear and it is possible that a Contract that has living or death benefit riders and is issued as a Traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA or SIMPLE IRA could be disqualified and may result in increased taxes to the Owner.

Similarly, Code Section 401 plans and IRAs (but not Roth IRAs) can only offer *incidental* death benefits. The IRS could take the position that the enhanced death benefits provided by optional benefit riders are not incidental. In addition, to the extent that the optional benefit riders alter the timing or the amount of the payment of distributions under a Qualified Contract, the riders cannot be paid out in violation of the minimum distribution rules of the Code.

It is our understanding that the charges relating to the optional benefit riders are not subject to current taxation and we will not report them as such. However, Treasury or the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to current income taxation to the extent of any gain and, if applicable, the 10% additional tax. We reserve the right to report the rider charges as partial withdrawals if we believe that we would be expected to report them in accordance with Treasury Regulations or IRS guidance.

*Required Minimum Distributions*

The regulations provide that you cannot keep assets in Qualified Plans or IRAs indefinitely. Eventually they are required to be distributed; at that time (the Required Beginning Date (RBD)), Required Minimum Distributions (RMDs) are the amount that must be distributed each year. The information below is for Qualified Contracts held in either a Qualified Plan, or IRA, prior to the annuity start date.

Under Section 401 of the Code (for Qualified Plans) and Section 408 of the Code (for IRAs), the entire interest under the Contract must be distributed to the Owner/Annuitant no later than the Owner/Annuitant's RBD, or distributions over the life of the Owner/Annuitant (or the Owner/Annuitant and his beneficiary) must begin no later than the RBD.

The RBD for distributions from a Qualified Contract maintained for an IRA under Section 408 of the Code is generally April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Owner/Annuitant reaches their RMD Age (70½ if born prior to July 1, 1949 or 72 if born prior to January 1, 1951). The RBD for a Qualified Contract maintained for a qualified retirement or pension plan under Section 401 of the Code is April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the year in which the Owner/Annuitant reaches their RMD Age,

------

or, if the plan so provides, the year in which the Owner/Annuitant retires. There is no RBD for a Roth IRA maintained pursuant to Section 408A of the Code.

The IRS requires that all IRA holders and Qualified Plan Participants (with one exception discussed below) use the Uniform Lifetime Table to calculate their RMDs.

The Uniform Lifetime Table is based on a joint life expectancy and uses the IRA owner's actual age and assumes that the beneficiary is 10 years younger than the IRA owner. Note that under these Regulations, the IRA owner does not need to actually have a named beneficiary when they reach the RBD.

The exception noted above is for an IRA owner who has a spouse, who is more than 10 years younger, as the sole beneficiary on the IRA. In that situation, the spouse's actual age (and life expectancy) will be used in the joint life calculation.

*Required Minimum Distributions for Beneficiaries*

For Owner/Annuitants who died prior to January 1, 2020, their designated beneficiaries calculate RMDs using the Single Life Table (Table I, Appendix B, <u>Publication 590-B, Distributions from Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs)</u>). The table provides a life expectancy factor based on the beneficiary's age. The account balance is divided by this life expectancy factor to determine the first RMD. The life expectancy is reduced by one for each subsequent year.

For Owner/Annuitants who die after December 31, 2019, the RMD rules for beneficiaries who inherit an account or IRA are different depending on whether the beneficiary is an "Eligible Designated Beneficiary" (EDB) or not. An EDB includes a surviving spouse, a disabled individual, a chronically ill individual, a minor child, or an individual who is not more than 10 years younger than the account owner. Certain trusts created for the exclusive benefit of disabled or chronically ill beneficiaries are included. These EDBs may take their distributions over the EDB's life expectancy. However, minor children must still take remaining distributions within 10 years of reaching age 21. Additionally, a surviving spouse beneficiary may delay commencement of distributions until the later of the end of the year that the Owner/Annuitant would have attained age 73, or the surviving spouse's RBD.

Designated beneficiaries, who are not an EDB, must withdraw the entire account by the 10th calendar year following the death of the Owner/Annuitant. IRS and Treasury have released final regulations that require a beneficiary to take distributions "at least as rapidly" as the Owner/Annuitant died after his RBD and had begun receiving minimum distributions. These final regulations require the beneficiary to continue receiving distributions during the 10 years following the Owner/Annuitant's death. Please consult your tax advisor for more information about these new final regulations and the impact they may have on your situation.

Non-designated beneficiaries must withdraw the entire account within 5 years of the Owner/Annuitant's death if distributions have not begun prior to death. For IRA distributions, see Publication 590-B, Distribution from Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs).

The CARES Act waived RMDs for 2020. This waiver applies to the Owner/Annuitant, as well as to the Beneficiary of an Inherited IRA. If a Beneficiary was subject to the 5-year rule, he or she can now waive the distribution for 2020, effectively taking distributions over a 6-year period rather than a 5-year period.

*Actuarial Value*

In accordance with regulations, RMDs and Roth IRA conversions may be calculated based on the sum of the contract value and the actuarial value of any additional death benefits and benefits from optional riders that you have purchased under the Contract. As a result, RMDs and taxes due on Roth IRA Conversions may be larger than if the calculation were based on the contract value only, which may in turn result in an earlier (but not before the required beginning date) distribution under the Contract and an increased amount of taxable income distributed to the contract owner, and a reduction of death benefits and the benefits of any optional riders.

*RMDs and Annuity Options* 

Under the Final Regulations, for retirement plans that qualify under Section 401 or 408 of the Code, the period elected for receipt of RMDs as annuity payments under Annuity Options 2 and 4 generally may be:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● no longer than the joint life expectancy of the Annuitant and Beneficiary in the year that the Annuitant reaches their RMD Age, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● must be shorter than such joint life expectancy if the Beneficiary is not the Annuitant's spouse and is more than 10 years younger than the Annuitant, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● may be further limited to comply with the RMD requirements for beneficiaries (e.g. the 10-year rule).

Under Annuity Option 3, if the Beneficiary is not the Annuitant's spouse and is more than 10 years younger than the Annuitant, the 66 2/3% and 100% elections specified below may not be available.

#### IRAs and Qualified Plans
***The following is only a general discussion about types of IRAs and Qualified Plans for which the Contracts may be available. We are not the administrator of any Qualified Plan. The plan administrator and/or custodian, whichever is applicable, (but not us) is responsible for all Plan administrative duties including, but not limited to, notification of distribution options, disbursement of Plan benefits, compliance regulatory requirements and federal and state tax reporting of income/distributions from the Plan to***

------

***Plan participants and, if applicable, Beneficiaries of Plan participants and IRA contributions from Plan participants. Our administrative duties are limited to administration of the Contract and any disbursements of any Contract benefits to the Owner, Annuitant, or Beneficiary of the Contract, as applicable. Our tax reporting responsibility is limited to federal and state tax reporting of income/distributions to the applicable payee and IRA contributions from the Owner of a Contract, as recorded on our books and records. The Qualified Plan (the plan administrator or the custodian) is required to provide us with information regarding individuals with signatory authority on the Contract(s) owned. If you are purchasing a Qualified Contract, you should consult with your plan administrator and/or a qualified tax advisor. You should also consult with a qualified tax advisor and/or plan administrator before you withdraw any portion of your Contract Value.***

*Individual Retirement Annuities ("IRAs")*

In addition to "traditional" IRAs established under Code Section 408, there are SEP IRAs under Code Section 408(k), and Roth IRAs governed by Code Section 408A and SIMPLE IRAs established under Code Section 408(p). Also, Qualified Plans under Code Section 401 of the Code that include after-tax employee contributions may be treated as deemed IRAs subject to the same rules and limitations as traditional IRAs. Contributions to each of these types of IRAs are subject to differing limitations. The following is a very general description of each type of IRA and other Qualified Plans.

<u>Traditional IRAs</u>

Traditional IRAs are subject to limitations on the amount that may be contributed each year, the persons who may be eligible to contribute, when rollovers are available and when distributions must commence. Depending upon the circumstances of the individual, contributions to a traditional IRA may be made on a deductible or non-deductible basis.

Annual contributions are generally allowed for persons who have compensation (as defined by the Code) of at least the contribution amount. Distributions of minimum amounts specified by the Code and Treasury Regulations must commence by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which you attain age 73 (or 70½ if born prior to July 1, 1949, 72 if born prior to January 1, 1951, or 75 if born after 1959). Failure to make mandatory minimum distributions may result in imposition of a 25% excise on any difference between the required distribution amount and the amount actually distributed. This excise tax is reduced to 10% if a distribution of the shortfall is made within two years and prior to the date the excise tax is assessed or imposed by the IRS. Additional distribution rules apply after your death.

You (or your surviving spouse if you die) may rollover funds (such as proceeds from existing insurance policies, annuity contracts or securities) from certain existing Qualified Plans into your traditional IRA if those funds are in cash. This will require you to liquidate any value accumulated under the existing Qualified Plan. Mandatory withholding of 20% may apply to any rollover distribution from your existing Qualified Plan if the distribution is not transferred directly to your traditional IRA. To avoid this withholding you may wish to have cash transferred directly from the insurance company or plan trustee to your traditional IRA.

<u>SIMPLE IRAs</u>

The Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees of Small Employers ("SIMPLE Plan") is a type of IRA established under Code Section 408(p)(2). Depending upon the SIMPLE Plan, employers may make plan contributions into a SIMPLE IRA established by each participant of the SIMPLE Plan. Like other IRAs, a 10% additional tax is imposed on certain distributions that occur before an employee attains age 59½. In addition, the tax penalty is increased to 25% for amounts received or rolled to another IRA or Qualified Plan during the 2-year period beginning on the date an employee first participated in a qualified salary reduction arrangement pursuant to a SIMPLE Plan maintained by their employer. Contributions to a SIMPLE IRA will generally include employee salary deferral contributions and employer contributions. Distributions from a SIMPLE IRA may be transferred to another SIMPLE IRA tax free or may be eligible for tax free rollover to a traditional IRA, or other Qualified Plan after the required 2-year period.

<u>SEP-IRAs</u>

A Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) is an employer sponsored retirement plan under which employers are allowed to make contributions toward their employees' retirement, as well as their own retirement (if the employer is self-employed). A SEP is a type of IRA established under Code Section 408(k). Under a SEP, a separate IRA account called a SEP-IRA is set up by or for each eligible employee and the employer makes the contribution to the account. Like other IRAs, a 10% additional tax is imposed on certain distributions that occur before an employee attains age 59½.

<u>Roth IRAs</u>

Section 408A of the Code permits eligible individuals to establish a Roth IRA. Contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible, but withdrawals of amounts contributed and the earnings thereon that meet certain requirements are not subject to federal income tax. In general, Roth IRAs are subject to limitations on the amount that may be contributed and the persons who may be eligible to contribute and are subject to certain required distribution rules on the death of the Contract Owner. Unlike a traditional IRA, Roth IRAs are not subject to minimum required distribution rules during the Contract Owner's lifetime. Generally, however, the amount remaining in a Roth IRA must be distributed by the end of the fifth year after the death of the Contract Owner/Annuitant or distributed over the life expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary. The Owner of a traditional IRA may convert a traditional IRA into a Roth IRA under certain circumstances. The conversion of a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA will subject the amount of the converted traditional IRA to federal income tax. Anyone considering the purchase of a Qualified Contract as a Roth IRA or a "conversion" Roth IRA should consult with a qualified tax advisor.

------

In accordance with recent changes in laws and regulations, at the time of either a full or partial conversion from a Traditional IRA annuity to a Roth IRA annuity, the determination of the amount to be reported as income will be based on the annuity contract's "fair market value", which will include all front-end loads and other non-recurring charges assessed in the 12 months immediately preceding the conversion, and the actuarial present value of any additional contract benefits.

<u>One IRA Rollover Per Year</u>

Effective January 1, 2015, the IRS will only permit a taxpayer to complete one 60-day indirect IRA-to-IRA rollover for any distribution received within a 12-month period. This means that a taxpayer could not make a 60-day indirect IRA-to-IRA rollover if he or she had made such a rollover involving any distribution received from any of the taxpayer's IRAs in the preceding 1-year period. The limit will apply by aggregating all of the individual's IRAs, including SEP and SIMPLE IRAs as well as traditional and Roth IRAs, effectively treating them as one IRA for purposes of the limit. This rule does not affect the ability of an IRA owner to transfer funds from one IRA trustee directly to another, because such a transfer is not a rollover (but rather a direct transfer) and therefore, is not subject to the one-rollover-per-year limitation of Code Section 408(d)(3)(B). For additional information, see IRS Announcements 2014-15 and 2014-32. Always confirm with your own tax advisor whether this rule impacts your circumstances.

*401(k) Plans; Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans*

Qualified Plans may be established by an employer for certain eligible employees under Section 401 of the Code. These plans may be 401(k) plans, profit-sharing plans, or other pension or retirement plans. Contributions to these plans are subject to limitations. Rollover to other eligible plans may be available. Please consult your Qualified Plans Summary Plan description for more information.

#### ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

#### Voting Rights
We are the legal Owner of the shares of the Funds held by the Subaccounts. We may vote on any matter voted on at shareholders' meetings of the Funds. However, our current interpretation of applicable law requires us to vote the number of shares attributable to your Variable Account Value (your "voting interest") in accordance with your directions.

We will pass proxy materials on to you so that you have an opportunity to give us voting instructions for your voting interest. You may provide your instructions by proxy or in person at the shareholders' meeting. If there are shares of a Fund held by a Subaccount for which we *do not* receive timely voting instructions, we will vote those shares in the same proportion as all other shares of that Fund held by that Subaccount for which *we have* received timely voting instructions. If we hold shares of a Fund in our General Account, we will vote such shares in the same proportion as the total votes cast for all of our separate accounts, including Separate Account A. We will vote shares of any Fund held by our non-insurance affiliates in the same proportion as the total votes for all separate accounts of ours and our insurance affiliates. As a result of proportional voting, the votes cast by a small number of Contract Owners may determine the outcome of a vote.

We may elect, in the future, to vote shares of the Funds held in Separate Account A in our own right if we are permitted to do so through a change in applicable federal securities laws or regulations, or in their interpretation.

The number of Fund shares that form the basis for your voting interest is determined as of the record date set by the Board of Trustees of the Fund. It is equal to:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● your Contract Value allocated to the Subaccount corresponding to that Fund, divided by

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the net asset value per share of that Fund.

Fractional votes will be counted. We reserve the right, if required or permitted by a change in federal regulations or their interpretation, to amend how we calculate your voting interest.

#### Changes to Your Contract
*Contract Owner(s)*

Transfer of Contract ownership may involve federal income tax and/or gift tax consequences; you should consult a qualified tax advisor before effecting such a transfer. A change to or from joint Contract ownership is considered a transfer of ownership. If your Contract is Non-Qualified, you may change Contract ownership at any time while the Annuitant is living and prior to your Annuity Date. You may name a different Owner or add or remove a Joint Owner. A Contract cannot name more than two Contract Owners at any time. Any newly-named Contract Owners, including Joint Owners, must be under the age of 91 at the time of change or addition. Additionally, further age limitations may apply if the Contract was issued with an optional death benefit rider. The Contract Owner(s) may make all decisions regarding the Contract, including making allocation decisions and exercising voting rights. Transactions under a Contract with Joint Owners require approval from both Owners. Contract ownership changes may change the Return of Purchase Payments and Stepped-Up Death Benefit calculations. In addition, Contract ownership changes may terminate certain optional living benefit riders. See the *Termination* subsection for a particular rider in the **OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS** section. Work with your Schwab investment professional prior to making any ownership changes.

If your Contract is Qualified under Code Section 401, the Qualified Plan must be the sole Owner of the Contract and the ownership cannot be changed unless and until a triggering event has been met under the terms of the Qualified Plan. Upon such event, the

------

ownership can only be changed to the Annuitant. If your Contract is Qualified under Code Section 408, you must be the sole Owner of the Contract and no changes can be made.

*Annuitant and Contingent or Joint Annuitant*

Your sole Annuitant cannot be changed, and Joint Annuitants cannot be added or changed, once your Contract is issued. Certain changes may be permitted in connection with Contingent Annuitants. See **ANNUITIZATION** – **Selecting Your Annuitant**. There may be limited exceptions for certain Qualified Contracts.

*Beneficiaries*

Your Beneficiary is the person(s) or entity who may receive death benefit proceeds under your Contract before the Annuity Date or any remaining annuity payments after the Annuity Date if the Annuitant or Owner dies. See the **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS** section for additional information regarding death benefit payouts. You may change or remove your Beneficiary or add Beneficiaries at any time prior to the death of the Annuitant or Owner, as applicable. Any change or addition will generally take effect only when we receive all necessary documents, In Proper Form, and we record the change or addition. Any change or addition will not affect any payment made or any other action taken by us before the change or addition was received and recorded. Under our administrative procedures, a signature guarantee and/or other verification of identity or authenticity may be required when processing a claim payable to a Beneficiary.

Spousal consent may be required to change an IRA Beneficiary. If you are considering removing a spouse as a Beneficiary, it is recommended that you consult your legal or tax advisor regarding any applicable state or federal laws prior to requesting the change. Qualified Contracts may have additional restrictions on naming and changing Beneficiaries. If your Contract was issued in connection with a Qualified Plan subject to Title I of ERISA, contact your Plan Administrator for details. We require that Contracts issued under Code Section Section 401 name the Plan as Beneficiary. If the Plan is unable to set up a trust account for Beneficiary payouts, we will pay the designated Plan Beneficiary under certain conditions. If you leave no surviving Beneficiary or Contingent Beneficiary, your estate will receive any death benefit proceeds under your Contract.

#### Changes to All Contracts
If, in the judgment of our management, continued investment by Separate Account A in one or more of the Funds becomes unsuitable or unavailable, we may seek to alter the Variable Investment Options available under the Contracts. We do not expect that a Fund will become unsuitable, but unsuitability issues could arise due to changes in investment policies, market conditions, tax laws, or due to marketing or other reasons.

Alterations of Variable Investment Options may take differing forms. We reserve the right to substitute shares of any Fund that were already purchased under any Contract (or shares that were to be purchased in the future under a Contract) with shares of another Fund, shares of another investment company or series of another investment company, or another investment vehicle. Required approvals of the SEC and the Superintendent of the New York State Department of Financial Services will be obtained before any such substitutions are effected, and you will be notified of any planned substitution.

We may add new Subaccounts to Separate Account A. Availability of any new Subaccounts to existing Contract Owners will be determined at our discretion. We will notify you, and will comply with the filing or other procedures established by the Superintendent of the New York State Department of Financial Services, to the extent required by applicable law. We also reserve the right, after receiving any required regulatory approvals and subject to applicable law, to do any of the following:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● cease offering any Subaccount;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● add or change designated investment companies or their funds, or other investment vehicles;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● add, delete or make substitutions for the securities and other assets that are held or purchased by the Separate Account or any Subaccount;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● permit conversion or exchanges between funds and/or classes of contracts based on the Owners' requests;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● add, remove or combine Subaccounts;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● combine the assets of any Subaccount with any other of our separate accounts or of any of our affiliates;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● register or deregister Separate Account A or any Subaccount under the 1940 Act;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● operate any Subaccount as a managed investment company under the 1940 Act, or any other form permitted by law;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● run any Subaccount under the direction of a committee, board, or other group;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Owners with respect to any Subaccount or other persons who have voting rights as to any Subaccount;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● make any changes required by the 1940 Act or other federal securities laws;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● make any changes necessary to maintain the status of the Contracts as annuities under the Code;

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● make other changes required under federal or state law relating to annuities;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● suspend or discontinue sale of the Contracts; and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● comply with applicable law.

#### Inquiries and Submitting Forms and Requests
You may reach PL&A service representatives at (800) 748-6907 between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Pacific time on any Business Day. Schwab investment professionals may call us at (800) 610-4823.

Please send your forms and written requests or questions to our Service Center:

Pacific Life & Annuity Company

P.O. Box 2829

Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2829

If you are submitting a Purchase Payment or other payment by mail, please send it, along with your application if you are submitting one, to our Service Center at the following address:

Pacific Life & Annuity Company

P.O. Box 2736

Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2736

If you are using an overnight delivery service to send payments, please send them to our Service Center at the following address:

Pacific Life & Annuity Company

6750 Mercy Road, RSD

Omaha, Nebraska 68106

The effective date of certain notices or of instructions is determined by the date and time on which we receive the notice or instructions In Proper Form. In those instances when we receive electronic transmission of the information on the application from Schwab, we consider the application to be received on the Business Day we receive the transmission. In those instances when information regarding your Purchase Payment is electronically transmitted to us by Schwab, we will consider the Purchase Payment to be received by us on the Business Day we receive the transmission of the information. Please call us if you or your Schwab investment professional have any questions regarding which address you should use.

We reserve the right to process any Purchase Payment received at an incorrect address when it is received at either the address indicated in your Contract specification pages or the appropriate address indicated in the Prospectus.

Purchase Payments after your initial Purchase Payment, transfer requests and withdrawal requests we receive before the close of the New York Stock Exchange, which usually closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, will be effective at the end of the same Business Day that we receive them In Proper Form unless the transaction or event is scheduled to occur on another Business Day. Generally, whenever you submit any other form, notice or request, your instructions will be effective on the next Business Day after we receive them In Proper Form unless the transaction or event is scheduled to occur on another Business Day. We may also require, among other things, a signature guarantee or other verification of authenticity. We do not generally require a signature guarantee unless it appears that your signature may have changed over time or the signature does not appear to be yours; or an executed application or confirmation of application, as applicable, In Proper Form is not received by us; or, to protect you or us. Requests regarding death benefit proceeds must be accompanied by both proof of death and instructions regarding payment In Proper Form. You should call your Schwab investment professional or us if you have questions regarding the required form of a request.

#### Telephone and Electronic Transactions
You are automatically entitled to make certain transactions by telephone or, to the extent available, electronically. You may also authorize other people to make certain transaction requests by telephone or, to the extent available, electronically by sending us instructions in writing in a form acceptable to us. We cannot guarantee that you or any other person you authorize will always be able to reach us to complete a telephone or electronic transaction; for example, all telephone lines may be busy or access to our website may be unavailable during certain periods, such as periods of substantial market fluctuations or other drastic economic or market change, or telephones or the Internet may be out of service or unavailable during severe weather conditions or other emergencies. Under these circumstances, you should submit your request in writing (or other form acceptable to us). Transaction instructions we receive by telephone or electronically before the close of Business Day, which usually closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, will be effective at the end of that day, and we will provide you confirmation of each telephone or electronic transaction.

We have established procedures reasonably designed to confirm that instructions communicated by telephone or electronically are genuine. These procedures may require any person requesting a telephone or electronic transaction to provide certain personal identification upon our request. We may also record all or part of any telephone conversation with respect to transaction instructions. We reserve the right to deny any transaction request made by telephone or electronically. You are authorizing us to accept and to act upon instructions received by telephone or electronically with respect to your Contract, and you agree that, so long as we comply with our procedures, neither we, any of our affiliates, nor any Fund, or any of their directors, trustees, officers, employees or agents will be

------

liable for any loss, liability, cost or expense (including attorneys' fees) in connection with requests that we believe to be genuine. This policy means that so long as we comply with our procedures, you will bear the risk of loss arising out of the telephone or electronic transaction privileges of your Contract. If a Contract has Joint Owners, each Owner may individually make telephone and/or electronic transaction requests.

The authorization to make transactions by telephone or, to the extent available, electronically, will terminate when we receive notification of your death, and telephone or electronic transactions will no longer be accepted.

#### Electronic Information Consent
Subject to availability, you may authorize us to provide prospectuses, prospectus supplements, reports, annual statements, statements and immediate confirmations, tax forms, proxy solicitations, privacy notice and other notices and documentation in electronic format when available instead of receiving paper copies of these documents by U.S. mail. You may enroll in this service by so indicating on the application, via our Internet website, or by sending us instructions in writing in a form acceptable to us to receive such documents electronically. Not all contract documentation and notifications may be currently available in electronic format. You will continue to receive paper copies of any documents and notifications not available in electronic format by U.S. mail. For jointly owned contracts, both Owners are consenting to receive information electronically. Documents will be available on our Internet website. Subject to applicable law, as documents become available, we will notify you of this by sending you an e-mail message that will include instructions on how to retrieve the document. You must have ready access to a computer with Internet access, an active e-mail account to receive this information electronically, and the ability to read and retain it. You may access and print all documents provided through this service.

If you plan on enrolling in this service, or are currently enrolled, please note that:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● There is no charge for electronic delivery, although your Internet provider may charge for Internet access.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● You should provide a current e-mail address and notify us promptly when your e-mail address changes.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● You should update any e-mail filters that may prevent you from receiving e-mail notifications from us.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● You may request a paper copy of the information at any time for no charge, even though you consented to electronic delivery, or if you decide to revoke your consent.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● For jointly owned contracts, all information will be provided to the e-mail address that is provided to us.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Electronic delivery will be cancelled if e-mails are returned undeliverable.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● This consent will remain in effect until you revoke it.

If you are currently enrolled in this service, please call (800) 748-6907 if you would like to revoke your consent, wish to receive a paper copy of the information above, or need to update your e-mail address. You may opt out of electronic delivery at any time.

#### Timing of Payments and Transactions
For withdrawals including exchanges under Code Section 1035 and other Qualified transfers, from the Variable Investment Options or for death benefit payments attributable to your Variable Account Value, we will normally send the proceeds within 7 calendar days after your request is effective or after the Notice Date, as the case may be. We will normally effect periodic annuity payments on the day that corresponds to the Annuity Date and will make payment on the following Business Day. Payments or transfers may be suspended for a longer period under certain extraordinary circumstances. These include: a closing of the New York Stock Exchange other than on a regular holiday or weekend; a trading restriction imposed by the SEC; or an emergency declared by the SEC. Payments (including fixed annuity payments), withdrawals or transfers from the General Account may be delayed for up to six months after the request is effective.

#### Confirmations, Statements and Other Reports to Contract Owners
Confirmations will be sent out for unscheduled Purchase Payments and transfers, unscheduled partial withdrawals, a full withdrawal and optional living benefit rider Automatic Resets. Periodically, we will send you a statement that provides certain information pertinent to your Contract. These statements disclose Contract Value, Subaccount values, fees and charges applied to your Contract Value, transactions made and specific Contract data that apply to your Contract. Confirmations of your transactions under the pre-authorized investment program, portfolio rebalancing, and pre-authorized withdrawal options will appear on your quarterly account statements. Your fourth-quarter statement will contain annual information about your Contract Value and transactions. You may also access these statements online.

If you suspect an error on a confirmation or quarterly statement, you must notify us in writing as soon as possible, preferably within 30 calendar days of receiving the transaction confirmation or, if the transaction is first confirmed on the quarterly statement, within 30 calendar days of receiving the quarterly statement. When you write, tell us your name, contract number and a description of the suspected error.

**Contract Owner Mailings**. To help reduce expenses, environmental waste and the volume of mail you receive, only one copy of Contract Owner documents (such as the prospectus, supplements, announcements, and each annual and semi-annual report) may be

------

mailed to Contract Owners who share the same household address (Householding). If you are already participating, you may opt out by contacting us. Please allow 30 calendar days for regular delivery to resume. You may also elect to participate in Householding by writing or calling us. The current documents are available on our website any time or an individual copy of any of these documents may be requested – see the last page of this Prospectus for more information.

#### Distribution Arrangements
We and PSD, our broker-dealer and our affiliate, entered into a selling agreement with Schwab. The contracts are sold exclusively through Schwab and Schwab is not affiliated with us or PSD. PSD and Schwab are registered as broker-dealers with the SEC and are members of The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA"). Schwab is a subsidiary of The Charles Schwab Corporation and an affiliate of CSIM, the investment adviser for the Schwab Annuity Portfolios and the Schwab ETFs including certain ETFs in which the Schwab Annuity Portfolios will invest.

PSD pays Schwab compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contracts. The individual Schwab investment professional who sells you a Contract typically will receive a portion of the compensation under the Schwab investment professional's own arrangement with Schwab. PSD pays Schwab an annual trail commission of 0.20% of the Account Value considered in connection with the trail commission.

*Additional Compensation and Revenue Sharing* 

To the extent permitted by SEC and FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations, Schwab may receive additional payments in the form of cash, other special compensation or reimbursement of expenses, sometimes called "revenue sharing", as mutually agreed to by PSD and Schwab. These additional compensation or reimbursement arrangements may include, for example, payments in connection with the firm's "due diligence" examination of the contracts, payments for providing conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited Schwab investment professionals and other employees, payments for travel expenses, including lodging, incurred by Schwab investment professionals and other employees for such seminars or training programs, seminars for the public, advertising and sales campaigns regarding the Contracts, and payments to assist a firm in connection with its administrative systems, operations and marketing expenses and/or other events or activities sponsored by the firms. Subject to applicable FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations, PSD and its affiliates may contribute to, as well as sponsor, various educational programs, or promotions in which participating firms and their salespersons may receive prizes such as merchandise, cash, or other awards. Such additional compensation may give us greater access to Schwab investment professionals that receive such compensation or may otherwise influence the way that Schwab markets the Contracts.

These arrangements may not be applicable to all firms, and the terms of such arrangements may differ between firms. Any such compensation will not result in any additional direct charge to you by us.

The compensation and other benefits provided by PSD or its affiliates may be more or less than the overall compensation on similar or other products. This may influence your Schwab investment professional or Schwab to present this Contract over other investment vehicles available in the marketplace. You may ask your Schwab investment professional about these differing and divergent interests, how he/she is personally compensated and how Schwab is compensated for soliciting applications for the Contract.

#### Replacement of Life Insurance or Annuities
The term "replacement" has a special meaning in the life insurance industry and is described more fully below. Before you make your purchase decision, we want you to understand how a replacement may impact your existing plan of insurance.

A policy "replacement" occurs when a new policy or contract is purchased and, in connection with the sale, an existing policy or contract is surrendered, lapsed, forfeited, assigned to the replacing insurer, otherwise terminated, or used in a financed purchase. A "financed purchase" occurs when the purchase of a new life insurance policy or annuity contract involves the use of funds obtained from the values of an existing life insurance policy or annuity contract through withdrawal, surrender or loan.

There are circumstances in which replacing your existing life insurance policy or annuity contract can benefit you. As a general rule, however, replacement is not in your best interest. Accordingly, you should make a careful comparison of the costs and benefits of your existing policy or contract and the proposed policy or contract, and any fees or penalties to terminate your existing policy or contract, to determine whether replacement is in your best interest.

*Reinstatements*

If we are the issuer of a Contract that is being replaced, we will reinstate the original Contract within 60 calendar days of the date of delivery of the replacing contract if the Owner decides to keep the original Contract and:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● we receive notification that the replacing contract has been cancelled, including the date of cancellation, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the replacing insurer processes a check and forwards it to us.

The original Contract will be reinstated with its original provisions and the amount of the check will be credited to the Contract on the date that all requirements are received In Proper Form. If any charges or fees were deducted from the Contract Value at the time the Contract was replaced, these charges and fees will be credited to the Contract at the time of the reinstatement. Any charges or fees that were scheduled to be processed between the date that the Contract was replaced and the date we completed the reinstatement will be assessed upon completion of the reinstatement processing.

------

#### Financial Statements
PL&A's financial statements and the financial statements of Separate Account A of PL&A are incorporated by reference in the Statement of Additional Information to the filed Form N-VPFS.

#### Legal Proceedings and Legal Matters
In the ordinary course of business, we, like other insurance companies, are subject to various legal proceedings (including class actions). It is not possible to predict with certainty the ultimate outcome of any pending legal proceeding, however, at the present time, we believe that we, the Separate Account, and PSD are not involved in any legal proceeding that would have a material adverse effect on the Separate Account, the ability of PSD to perform its duties as distributor, or on our ability to meet our obligations under the Contract.

#### THE GENERAL ACCOUNT
We have contracted with Pacific Life to manage our General Account assets, subject to investment policies, objectives, directions, and guidelines established by our Board. You will not share in the investment experience of General Account assets. Unlike the Separate Account, the General Account is subject to liabilities arising from any of our other business. Any guarantees provided for under the contract or through optional riders are backed by PL&A's financial strength and claims-paying ability. You must look to the strength of the insurance company with regard to such guarantees.

------

#### APPENDIX: INVESTMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT
The following is a list of Investment Options available under the Contract. More information about the Funds is available in the prospectuses for the Funds, which may be amended from time to time and can be found online at <u>https://pacificlife.onlineprospectus.net/pacificlife/products/</u>. You can also request this information at no cost by calling (833) 455-0901 or by sending an email request to Prospectuses@PacificLife.com. For information about which Funds are available to you, please contact your financial professional or call us at the number above.

Depending on the optional benefits you choose, you may not be able to invest in certain Funds. See the **Living Benefit Investment Allocation Requirements** section after the Fund table below.

The current expenses and performance information below reflects fees and expenses of the Funds, but do not reflect the other fees and expenses that your Contract may charge. Expenses would be higher and performance would lower if these other charges were included. Each Fund's past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Investment Objective** | **Fund**; Advisor (Subadvisor) | **Current<br>Expenses** | **Average Annual Total Returns <br>(as of 12/31/2025)** | **Average Annual Total Returns <br>(as of 12/31/2025)** | **Average Annual Total Returns <br>(as of 12/31/2025)** |
|  |  |  | **1 Year** | **5 Year** | **10 Year** |
| Seeks long-term capital appreciation and income. | **Schwab VIT Balanced Portfolio**; Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. | 0.57% | 12.85% | 4.69% | 5.51% |
| Seeks long-term capital appreciation and income. | **Schwab VIT Balanced with Growth Portfolio**; Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. | 0.54% | 15.60% | 6.45% | 7.20% |
| Seeks long-term capital appreciation. | **Schwab VIT Growth Portfolio**; Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. | 0.55% | 18.24% | 8.07% | 8.65% |

---

#### LIVING BENEFIT INVESTMENT ALLOCATION REQUIREMENTS
*Investment Allocation Requirements*

At initial purchase and during the entire time that you own an optional living benefit Rider, you must allocate your entire Contract Value the Investment Options we make available for these Riders. You may allocate your Contract Value 100% among the allowable Investment Options.

Currently, the allowable Investment Options for the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Riders are as follows:

---

| |
|:---|
| **<u>Allowable Investment Options</u>** |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Schwab VIT Balanced Portfolio |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Schwab VIT Balanced with Growth Portfolio |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Schwab VIT Growth Portfolio |

---

You may transfer your entire Contract Value between allowable Investment Options, subject to certain transfer limitations. See **HOW YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED – Transfers and Market-timing Restrictions**. Keep in mind that you must allocate your entire Contract Value among the allowable Investment Options. If you do not allocate your entire Purchase Payment or Contract Value according to the requirements above, your Rider will terminate.

**Allowable Investment Options**. You may allocate your entire Contract Value among any of the allowable Investment Options listed in the table above.

**By adding an optional living benefit Rider to your Contract, you agree to the above referenced investment allocation requirements for the entire period that you own a Rider. These requirements may limit the number of Investment Options that are otherwise available to you under your Contract. We reserve the right to add, remove or change allowable asset allocation programs or allowable Investment Options at any time. We may make such a change due to a fund reorganization, fund substitution, to help protect our ability to provide the guarantees under these riders (for example, changes in an** 

------

**underlying portfolio's investment objective and principal investment strategies, or changes in general market conditions). If you already invested in an allowable Investment Option, a change to an existing allowable Investment Option will not require you to reallocate or transfer the total amount of Contract Value allocated to an affected Investment Option, except when an underlying portfolio is liquidated by a determination of its Board of Directors or by a fund substitution. If a change is required that will result in a reallocation or transfer of an existing Investment Option, we will provide you with reasonable notice (generally 90 calendar days) prior to the effective date of such change to allow you to reallocate your Contract Value to maintain your rider benefits. If you do not reallocate your Contract Value your rider will terminate**.

**We will send you written notice in the event any transaction made by you will involuntarily cause the rider to terminate for failure to invest according to the investment allocation requirements. However, you will have 30 calendar days starting from the date of our written notice ("30 day period"), to instruct us to take appropriate corrective action to continue participation in an allowable asset allocation program or allowable Investment Options to continue the rider. If you take appropriate corrective action and continue the rider, the rider benefits and features available immediately before the terminating event will remain in effect.**

Asset allocation does not guarantee future results, ensure a profit, or protect against losses. The investment allocation requirements may reduce overall volatility in investment performance, may reduce investment returns, and may reduce the likelihood that we will be required to make payments under the optional living benefit riders. The reduction in volatility permits us to more effectively provide the guarantees under the Contract.

**The allowable Investment Options seek to minimize risk and may reduce overall volatility in investment performance, which may reduce investment returns, and may reduce the likelihood that we will be required to provide benefits under the optional benefit Rider.** The reduction in volatility permits us to more effectively provide the guarantees under the Contract.

------

#### APPENDIX: FUTURE INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE AND JOINT)<br>SAMPLE CALCULATIONS
The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

**The examples may not reflect the current Annual Credit Percentage or the current Withdrawal Percentages. The Annual Credit Percentage and Withdrawal Percentages are disclosed in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement applicable to your Contract.**

#### The examples apply to Future Income Generator (Single) and (Joint) unless otherwise noted below.

#### Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

---

| | | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
|  | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract Value** | **Annual Credit**  | **Protected Payment Base** | **Protected <br>Payment Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |

---

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Annual Credit = $0

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

#### Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payment.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $25,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● No withdrawals taken.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Annual Credit Percentage of 7%

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

---

| | | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract Value** | **Annual Credit** | **Protected Payment Base** | **Protected Payment Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| Activity | $25000 |  | $125000 | $0 | $125000 | $6250 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary |  |  | $130000 | $8750 | $133750 | $6688 |

---

------

Immediately after the $25,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base, is increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $125,000 ($100,000 + $25,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $6,250 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

Since no withdrawal occurred prior to Year 2 Contract Anniversary, an annual credit of $8,750 (7% of total Purchase Payments) is applied to the Protected Payment Base, increasing it to $133,750. On Year 2 Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Base (after the Annual Credit) is higher than the Contract Value, so no automatic reset occurs. The Protected Payment Amount on that Contract Anniversary is equal to $6,688 (5% of the Protected Payment Base on that Contract Anniversary).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

#### Example #3 – Withdrawal Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $25,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal equal to or less than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Annual Credit Percentage of 7%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 4 and 5.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

---

| | | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase<br>Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract Value** | **Annual Credit** | **Protected Payment Base** | **Protected Payment Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| Activity | $25000 |  | $125000 | $0 | $125000 | $6250 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary |  |  | $130000 | $8750 | $133750 | $6688 |
| Activity |  | $4000 | $128000 |  | $133750 | $2688 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary |  |  | $130000 | NA | $133750 | $6688 |
| Year 4 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $145000 | NA | $133750 | $6688 |
| Year 4 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $145000 | NA | $145000 | $7250 |
| Activity |  | $7250 | $142000 |  | $145000 | $0 |
| Year 5 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $150000 | NA | $145000 | $7250 |
| Year 5 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $150000 | NA | $150000 | $7500 |

---

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to **Examples #1** and **#2**.

As the withdrawal during **Contract Year 2** did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($6,688):

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● since a withdrawal occurred, the Annual Credit will no longer apply.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($130,000) is less than the Protected Payment Base ($133,750), no Automatic Reset occurs. The Protected Payment Amount will be $6,688 (5% of the Protected Payment Base).

At Year 4 Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Base ($133,750) was less than the Contract Value ($145,000) on that Contract Anniversary (see **balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset**), an Automatic Reset occurred which resets

------

the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see **balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset**). The Protected Payment Amount is equal to $7,250 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 4 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($7,250) the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

At Year 5 Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see **balances at Year 5 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset**), an Automatic Reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see **balances at Year 5 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset**). The Protected Payment Amount is equal to $7,500 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

#### Example #4 – Withdrawal Exceeding Protected Payment Amount (Including any applicable withdrawal charges or taxes).
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $25,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Annual Credit Percentage of 7%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $130,000.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 4.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

---

| | | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract Value** | **Annual Credit**  | **Protected Payment Base** | **Protected Payment Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| Activity | $25000 |  | $125000 | $0 | $125000 | $6250 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary |  |  | $130000 | $8750 | $133750 | $6688 |
| Activity |  | $10000 | $120,000<br> (after $10,000 withdrawal) | N/A | $130152 | $0 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary |  |  | $115000 | N/A | $130152 | $6508 |
| Year 4 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $135000 | N/A | $130152 | $6508 |
| Year 4 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $135000 | N/A | $135000 | $6750 |

---

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to **Examples #1** and **#2**.

A withdrawal of $10,000 as the gross amount is requested during Contract Year 2. Withdrawal charges do not apply as this amount was within the free withdrawal amount. The gross amount of a withdrawal is used to determine compliance with the rider. If a withdrawal is requested as a net amount, taxes, and any applicable withdrawal charges would be calculated in excess of the net amount and therefore could further reduce the guarantees under the rider. To determine the gross amount in the described scenario the net amount can be divided by (1 – tax percentage withheld).

• $6,500 ÷ (1 - .35) = $10,000 (Gross Amount)

Because the $10,000 withdrawal during **Contract Year 2** exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($10,000 > $6,688), the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal is reduced. Since a withdrawal occurred, the Annual Credit is no longer applicable.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value = $130,000

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Base = $133,750

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = $6,688 (5% × Protected Payment Base; 5% × $133,750 = $6,688)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● No withdrawals were taken prior to the excess withdrawal

A withdrawal of $10,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $6,688 for the Contract Year. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $3,312 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $10,000 – $6,688 = $3,312).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). The Contract Value prior to the withdrawal was $130,000, which equals the $120,000 after the withdrawal plus the $10,000 withdrawal amount. Numerically, the ratio is 2.69% ($3,312 ÷ ($130,000 – $6,688); $3,312 ÷ $123,312 = 0.0269 or 2.69%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $130,152 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $133,750 × (1 – 2.69%); $133,750 × 97.31% = $130,152).

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the withdrawal (5% of $130,152 = $6,508), less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year ($10,000), but not less than zero). Since a withdrawal occurred, the Annual Credit will no longer apply.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($115,000) is less than the Protected Payment Base ($130,152), no Automatic Reset occurs.

At Year 4 Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Base ($130,152) was less than the Contract Value ($135,000) on that Contract Anniversary (**see balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset**), an automatic reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (**see balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset**). The Protected Payment Amount is equal to $6,750 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

#### Example #5 – Early Withdrawal (Including any applicable withdrawal charges or taxes).
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Designated Life is 56 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $25,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Annual Credit Percentage of 7%.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 3.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $115,000.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 6.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

---

| | | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract Value** | **Annual Credit**  | **Protected Payment Base** | **Protected Payment Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $0 | $100000 | $0 |
| Activity | $25000 |  | $125000 | $0 | $125000 | $0 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary |  |  | $130000 | $8750 | $133750 | $0 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary |  |  | $115000 | $8750 | $142500 | $0 |
| Activity |  | $10000 | $105,000<br> (after $10,000 withdrawal) | N/A | $130103 | $0 |
| Year 4 Contract Anniversary |  |  | $101000 | N/A | $130103 | $0 |

---

------

---

| | | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract Value** | **Annual Credit**  | **Protected Payment Base** | **Protected Payment Amount** |
| Activity <br> (Designated Life reaches age 59½) |  |  | $98000 | N/A | $130103 | $6505 |
| Year 5 Contract Anniversary |  |  | $114000 | N/A | $130103 | $6505 |
| Year 6 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $132000 | N/A | $130103 | $6505 |
| Year 6 Contract Anniversary | (After to Automatic Reset) |  | $132000 | N/A | $132000 | $6600 |

---

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1 and 2, refer to **Examples #1** and **#2.**

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($115,000) is less than the Protected Payment Base ($133,750) plus the Annual Credit ($8,750), no Automatic Reset occurs. The Protected Payment Amount is $0 (0% of the Protected Payment Base) since the Designated Life has not reached 59½ years of age.

Because the $10,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 3 exceeds the Protected Payment Amount ($0) immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the early withdrawal amount. The early withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount of $10,000.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the early withdrawal amount by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal: $10,000 ÷ $115,000 = 0.0870 or 8.70%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the lesser of (a) the total withdrawal amount ($10,000) ($142,500 - $10,000 = $132,500) or (b) the reduction percentage ($142,500 × 8.70%) = $12,397; $142,500 - $12,397 = $130,103. Since $130,103 is less than $132,500, the new Protected Payment Base is $130,103.

At Year 4 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($101,000) is less than the Protected Payment Base ($130,103), no Automatic Reset occurs. During Year 4, the Designated Life reaches age 59½ and a new Protected Payment Amount will be calculated. The Protected Payment Amount is 5% of the Protected Payment Base ($130,103) which results in a Protected Payment Amount of $6,505.

At Year 5 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($114,000) is less than the Protected Payment Base ($130,103), no Automatic Reset occurs.

At Year 6 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($132,000) is greater than the Protected Payment Base ($130,103) on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (**compare balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset**). The Protected Payment Amount is set to $6,600 (5% × $132,000).

#### Example #6 – RMD Withdrawals.
This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end. There are no calculations for the Annual Credit since the example has withdrawals occurring immediately.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is December 20 of each year. The assumed withdrawal rate is 5%.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Activity<br>Date** | **RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Non-RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Annual<br>RMD<br>Amount** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 12/20/2020<br>Contract Anniversary |  |  |  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 01/01/2021 |  |  | $7500 |  |  |
| 03/15/2021 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $3125 |
| 6/15/2021 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $1250 |

---

------

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Activity<br>Date** | **RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Non-RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Annual<br>RMD<br>Amount** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 9/15/2021 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $0 |
| 12/15/2021 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $0 |
| 12/20/2021 Contract Anniversary |  |  |  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 01/01/2022 |  |  | $8000 |  |  |
| 03/15/2022 | $2000 |  |  | $100000 | $3000 |

---

Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year (12/20/20 through 12/19/21) were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. In addition, each contract year the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero. Since the RMD Amount for 2022 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2022.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD Amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above. The assumed withdrawal rate is 5%.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Activity<br>Date** | **RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Non-RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Annual<br>RMD<br>Amount** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 12/20/2020 Contract Anniversary |  |  |  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 01/01/2021 |  |  | $7500 |  |  |
| 03/15/2021 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $3125 |
| 06/15/2021 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $1250 |
| 08/01/2021 |  | $4000 |  | $96900 | $0 |

---

On 3/15/21 and 6/15/21 there were RMD Withdrawals of $1,875 that reduced the Protected Payment Amount by the amount of the withdrawals. On 8/1/21 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $4,000 caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($5,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($1,250), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $96,900.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value = $90,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Base = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = $1,250

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $1,250. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $2,750 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 – $1,250 = $2,750).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount); the calculation is based on the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount values immediately before the excess withdrawal. Numerically, the ratio is 3.10% ($2,750 ÷ ($90,000 – $1,250); $2,750 ÷ $88,750 = 0.0310 or 3.10%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $96,900 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 3.10%); $100,000 × 96.90% = $96,900).

------

#### Example #7 – Higher Age Band Reached Due to an Automatic Reset.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Designated Life is 64 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Automatic Resets at Contract Years 2 and 7.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Withdrawals, are taken each Contract Year:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Equal 4% of the Protected Payment Base in Contract Year 1 (age 64)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Equal 5% of the Protected Payment Base in Contract Years 2-6 (age 65-69)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Equal 6% of the Protected Payment Base in Contract Years 7-22 (age 70-85)

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Contract<br>Year** | **Withdrawal** | **End of Year<br>Contract Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 1 | $4000 | $99000 | $100000 | $4000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (Before Automatic Reset) | $102000 | $100000 | $4000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) | $102000 | $102000 | $5100 |
| 3 | $5100 | $96909 | $102000 | $5100 |
| 4 | $5100 | $97816 | $102000 | $5100 |
| 5 | $5100 | $99691 | $102000 | $5100 |
| 6 | $5100 | $98648 | $102000 | $5100 |
| Year 7 Contract Anniversary | (Before Automatic Reset) | $105000 | $102000 | $5100 |
| Year 7 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) | $105000 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 8 | $6300 | $97650 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 9 | $6300 | $96875 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 10 | $6300 | $94078 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 11 | $6300 | $98805 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 12 | $6300 | $95478 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 13 | $6300 | $92096 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 14 | $6300 | $88660 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 15 | $6300 | $89168 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 16 | $6300 | $91619 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 17 | $6300 | $92013 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 18 | $6300 | $91349 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 19 | $6300 | $89626 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 20 | $6300 | $86844 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 21 | $6300 | $82002 | $105000 | $6300 |
| 22 | $6300 | $80099 | $105000 | $6300 |

---

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = 4% of Protected Payment Base = $4,000

At Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary **(see balances at Year 2 Contract Anniversary – Before Automatic Reset)**, an Automatic Reset occurred which increased the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value **(see balances at Year 2 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset)**. Since the Designated Life is 65 years of age when the Automatic Reset occurred, the Protected Payment Amount equals $5,100 (5% of the Protected Payment Base).

At Year 7 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary **(see balances at Year 7 Contract Anniversary – Before Automatic Reset)**, an Automatic Reset occurred which increased the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value **(see balances at Year 7 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset)**. Since the Designated Life is now 70 years of age when the Automatic Reset occurred, the Protected Payment Amount equals $6,300 (6% of the Protected Payment Base).

#### Example #8 – Higher Age Band Reached Due to an Owner-Elected Reset.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Designated Life is 64 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Owner-Elected Resets at Contract Years 2 and 7.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Withdrawals, are taken each Contract Year:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Equal 4% of the Protected Payment Base in Contract Year 1 (age 64)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Equal 5% of the Protected Payment Base in Contract Years 2-6 (age 65-69)

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Equal 6% of the Protected Payment Base in Contract Years 7-22 (age 70-85)

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Contract<br>Year** | **Withdrawal** | **End of Year<br>Contract Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 1 | $4000 | $98000 | $100000 | $4000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (Before Owner-Elected Reset) | $99000 | $100000 | $4000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (After Owner-Elected Reset) | $99000 | $99000 | $4950 |
| 3 | $4950 | $96909 | $99000 | $4950 |
| 4 | $4950 | $97816 | $99000 | $4950 |
| 5 | $4950 | $98512 | $99000 | $4950 |
| 6 | $4950 | $98648 | $99000 | $4950 |
| Year 7 Contract Anniversary | (Before Owner-Elected Reset) | $98000 | $99000 | $4950 |
| Year 7 Contract Anniversary | (After Owner-Elected Reset) | $98000 | $98000 | $5880 |
| 8 | $5880 | $97650 | $98000 | $5880 |
| 9 | $5880 | $96875 | $98000 | $5880 |
| 10 | $5880 | $94078 | $98000 | $5880 |
| 11 | $5880 | $97528 | $98000 | $5880 |
| 12 | $5880 | $95478 | $98000 | $5880 |
| 13 | $5880 | $92096 | $98000 | $5880 |
| 14 | $5880 | $88660 | $98000 | $5880 |
| 15 | $5880 | $89168 | $98000 | $5880 |
| 16 | $5880 | $91619 | $98000 | $5880 |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Contract<br>Year** | **Withdrawal** | **End of Year<br>Contract Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 17 | $5880 | $92013 | $98000 | $5880 |
| 18 | $5880 | $91349 | $98000 | $5880 |
| 19 | $5880 | $89626 | $98000 | $5880 |
| 20 | $5880 | $86844 | $98000 | $5880 |
| 21 | $5880 | $82002 | $98000 | $5880 |
| 22 | $5880 | $80099 | $98000 | $5880 |

---

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = 4% of Protected Payment Base = $4,000

At Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was greater than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary **(see balances at Year 2 Contract Anniversary – Before Owner-Elected Reset)**, an Automatic Reset did not occur. The Designated Life is 65 years of age and elects an Owner-Elected Reset which decreased the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value **(see balances at Year 2 Contract Anniversary – After Owner-Elected Reset)**. Since the Designated Life is 65 years of age when the Owner-Elected Reset occurred, the Protected Payment Amount equals $4,950 (5% of the Protected Payment Base).

**At Year 7 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was greater than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 7 Contract Anniversary – Before Owner-Elected Reset), an Automatic Reset did not occur. The Designated Life is 70 years of age and elects an Owner-Elected Reset which decreased the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 7 Contract Anniversary – After Owner-Elected Reset). Since the Designated Life is now 70 years of age when the Owner-Elected Reset occurred, the Protected Payment Amount equals $5,880 (6% of the Protected Payment Base).**

#### Example #9 – Lifetime Income.

#### This example applies to the Future Income Generator (Single) only.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Withdrawals of 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● No Automatic Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Annual Credit does not apply.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value goes to zero during Contract Year 21.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Death occurs during Contract Year 27 after the $5,000 withdrawal was made.

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Contract<br>Year** | **Withdrawal** | **End of Year<br>Contract Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 1 | $5000 | $95900 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 2 | $5000 | $91739 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 3 | $5000 | $87515 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 4 | $5000 | $83227  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 5 | $5000 | $78876  | $100000 | $5000 |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Contract<br>Year** | **Withdrawal** | **End of Year<br>Contract Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 6 | $5000 | $74459  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 7 | $5000 | $69976  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 8 | $5000 | $65425  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 9 | $5000 | $60807  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 10 | $5000 | $56119  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 11 | $5000 | $51361  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 12 | $5000 | $46531  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 13 | $5000 | $41629  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 14 | $5000 | $36653  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 15 | $5000 | $31603  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 16 | $5000 | $26477  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 17 | $5000 | $21274  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 18 | $5000 | $15994  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 19 | $5000 | $10633  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 20 | $5000 | $5193  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 21 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 22 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 23 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 24 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 25 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 26 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 27 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |

---

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000), the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

During Contract Year 21, the Contract Value is reduced to zero after the Protected Payment Amount of $5,000 is withdrawn. Withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount ($5,000) will continue to be paid each year (even if Contract Value is zero) until the date of death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract.

#### Example #10 – Lifetime Income.

#### This example applies to the Future Income Generator (Joint) only.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Withdrawals of 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● No Automatic Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Annual Credit does not apply.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● All Designated Lives remain eligible for lifetime income benefits while the Rider is in effect.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Surviving Spouse continued Contract upon death of the first Designated Life.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value goes to zero during Contract Year 21.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Surviving Spouse dies during Contract Year 27 after the $5,000 withdrawal was made.

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Contract<br>Year** | **Withdrawal** | **End of Year<br>Contract Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 1 | $5000 | $95900 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 2 | $5000 | $91739 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 3 | $5000 | $87515 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 4 | $5000 | $83227  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 5 | $5000 | $78876  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 6 | $5000 | $74459  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 7 | $5000 | $69976  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 8 | $5000 | $65425  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 9 | $5000 | $60807  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 10 | $5000 | $56119  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 11 | $5000 | $51361  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 12 | $5000 | $46531  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 13 | $5000 | $41629  | $100000 | $5000 |
| Activity (Death of first Designated Life)<br>14 | $5000 | $36653  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 15 | $5000 | $31603  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 16 | $5000 | $26477  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 17 | $5000 | $21274  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 18 | $5000 | $15994  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 19 | $5000 | $10633  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 20 | $5000 | $5193  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 21 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 22 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 23 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 24 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 25 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 26 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 27 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |

---

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000), the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

During Contract Year 14, the death of the first Designated Life occurred. Withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (5% of the Protected Payment Base) will continue to be paid each year.

If there was a change in Owner, Beneficiary or marital status prior to the death of the first Designated Life that results in the surviving Designated Life (spouse) to become ineligible for lifetime income benefits, then the lifetime income benefits under the Rider would not continue for the surviving Designated Life and the Rider would termination upon the death of the first Designated Life.

During Contract Year 21, the Contract Value is reduced to zero after the Protected Payment Amount of $5,000 is withdrawn. Withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount ($5,000) will continue to be paid each year (even if Contract Value is zero) until the date of death of the surviving Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract.

------

#### APPENDIX: RETURN OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS DEATH BENEFIT AND

#### STEPPED-UP DEATH BENEFIT SAMPLE CALCULATIONS
**The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. They have been provided to assist in understanding the death benefit amount provided under the optional Return of Purchase Payments, the optional Stepped-Up Death Benefit, and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments and withdrawals made from the Contract may affect the values and benefits. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to reflect what your actual death benefit proceeds will be or serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.**

#### Under the base Contract (no optional death benefit riders selected), the Death Benefit Amount is equal to the Contract Value.
THE EXAMPLES BELOW ASSUME NO OWNER CHANGE OR AN OWNER CHANGE TO THE PREVIOUS OWNER'S SPOUSE

#### Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $25,000 is received in Contract Year 3.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal of $35,000 is taken during Contract Year 6.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal of $10,000 is taken during Contract Year 11.

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Beginning<br>of Contract<br>Year** | **Purchase<br>Payments<br>Received** | **Withdrawal<br>Amount** | **Contract<br>Value<sup>1</sup>** | **Total Adjusted<br>Purchase<br>Payments<sup>1</sup>** |
| 1 | $100000 |  | $100000 | $100000 |
| 2 |  |  | $103000 | $100000 |
| 3 |  |  | $106090 | $100000 |
| Activity | $25000 |  | $133468 | $125000 |
| 4 |  |  | $134458 | $125000 |
| 5 |  |  | $138492 | $125000 |
| 6 |  |  | $142647 | $125000 |
| Activity |  | $35000 | $110844 | $95000 |
| 7 |  |  | $111666 | $95000 |
| 8 |  |  | $103850 | $95000 |
| 9 |  |  | $96580 | $95000 |
| 10 |  |  | $89820 | $95000 |
| 11 |  |  | $83530 | $95000 |
| Activity |  | $10000 | $73530 | $83629 |
| 12 |  |  | $68383 | $83629 |
| 13 |  |  | $63596 | $83629 |
| 14<br>Death<br>Occurs |  |  | $59144 | $83629 |

---

<sup>1</sup>The greater of the Contract Value or the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments represents the Death Benefit Amount.

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Total Adjusted Purchase Payment = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

During Contract Year 3, an additional Purchase Payment of $25,000 was made. The Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount increased to $125,000. The Contract Value increased to $133,468.

During Contract Year 6, a withdrawal of $35,000 was made. This withdrawal reduced the Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount on a pro rata basis to $95,000 and decreased the Contract Value to $110,844. Numerically, the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount is calculated as follows:

First, determine the Pro Rata Reduction. The percentage is the withdrawal amount divided by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal ($145,844, which equals the $110,844 Contract Value after the withdrawal plus the $35,000 withdrawal amount). Numerically, the percentage is 24.00% ($35,000 ÷ $145,844 = 0.2400 or 24.00%).

Second, determine the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount. The Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount prior to the withdrawal is multiplied by 1 less the Pro Rata Reduction determined above. Numerically, the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount is $95,000 (Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount prior to the withdrawal × (1 - Pro Rata Reduction); $125,000 × (1 - 24.00%); $125,000 × 76.00% = $95,000).

During Contract Year 11, a withdrawal of $10,000 was made. This withdrawal reduced the Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount on a pro rata basis to $83,629 and decreased the Contract Value to $73,530. Numerically, the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount is calculated as follows:

First, determine the Pro Rata Reduction. The percentage is the withdrawal amount divided by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal ($83,530, which equals the $73,530 Contract Value after the withdrawal plus the $10,000 withdrawal amount). Numerically, the percentage is 11.97% ($10,000 ÷ $83,530 = 0.1197 or 11.97%).

Second, determine the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount. The Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount prior to the withdrawal is multiplied by 1 less the Pro Rata Reduction determined above. Numerically, the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount is $83,629 (Total Adjusted Purchase Payment prior to the withdrawal × (1 - Pro Rata Reduction); $95,000 × (1 - 11.97%); $95,000 × 88.03% = $83,629). Since the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments were greater than the Contract Value at the time of the withdrawal, the Pro Rata Reduction resulted in the Total Purchase Payments being reduced by a greater amount than the withdrawal amount.

During Contract Year 14, death occurs. The Death Benefit Amount under the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit will be the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments ($83,629) because that amount is greater than the Contract Value ($59,144).

Using the table above, if death occurred in Contract Year 7, the Death Benefit Amount under the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit would be the Contract Value ($111,666) because that amount is greater than the Total Adjusted Purchase Payment of $95,000.

#### Stepped-Up Death Benefit
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $25,000 is received in Contract Year 3.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal of $35,000 is taken during Contract Year 6.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Annual Step-Ups occur on each of the first 7 Contract Anniversaries.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Beginning<br>of Contract<br>Year** | **Purchase<br>Payments<br>Received** | **Withdrawal<br>Amount** | **Contract<br>Value<sup>1</sup>** | **Total Adjusted<br>Purchase<br>Payments<sup>1</sup>** | **Guaranteed<br>Minimum<br>(Stepped-Up)<br>Death Benefit<br>Amount** |
| 1 | $100000 |  | $100000 | $100000 | $100000 |
| 2 |  |  | $103000 | $100000 | $103000 |
| 3 |  |  | $106090 | $100000 | $106090 |
| Activity | $25000 |  | $133468 | $125000 | $131090 |
| 4 |  |  | $134458 | $125000 | $134458 |
| 5 |  |  | $138492 | $125000 | $138492 |
| 6 |  |  | $142647 | $125000 | $142647 |
| Activity |  | $35000 | $110844 | $95000 | $108412 |
| 7 |  |  | $111666 | $95000 | $111666 |

---

------

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Beginning<br>of Contract<br>Year** | **Purchase<br>Payments<br>Received** | **Withdrawal<br>Amount** | **Contract<br>Value<sup>1</sup>** | **Total Adjusted<br>Purchase<br>Payments<sup>1</sup>** | **Guaranteed<br>Minimum<br>(Stepped-Up)<br>Death Benefit<br>Amount** |
| 8 |  |  | $103850 | $95000 | $111666 |
| 9 |  |  | $96580 | $95000 | $111666 |
| Death<br>Occurs |  |  | $89820 | $95000 | $111666 |

---

<sup>1</sup> The greater of the Contract Value or the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments represents the Death Benefit Amount.

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Total Adjusted Purchase Payment = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

During Contract Year 3, an additional Purchase Payment of $25,000 was made. This results in an increase in the Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount to $125,000. The Contract Value increased to $133,468 and the Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount increased to $131,090.

During Contract Year 6, a withdrawal of $35,000 was made. This withdrawal reduced the Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount on a pro rata basis to $95,000 and decreased the Contract Value to $110,844. In addition, the Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount was reduced on a pro rata basis to $108,412. Numerically, the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payment and Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount is calculated as follows:

First, determine the Pro Rata Reduction. The percentage is the withdrawal amount divided by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal ($145,844, which equals the $110,844 Contract Value after the withdrawal plus the $35,000 withdrawal amount). Numerically, the percentage is 24.00% ($35,000 ÷ $145,844 = 0.2400 or 24.00%)

Second, determine the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount. The Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount prior to the withdrawal is multiplied by 1 less the Pro Rata Reduction determined above. Numerically, the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount is $95,000 (Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount prior to the withdrawal × (1 - Pro Rata Reduction); $125,000 × (1 - 24.00%); $125,000 × 76.00% = $95,000).

Third, determine the new Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount. The Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount prior to the withdrawal is multiplied by 1 less the Pro Rata Reduction determined above. Numerically, the new Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount is $108,412 (Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount prior to the withdrawal × (1 - Pro Rata Reduction); $142,647 × (1 - 24.00%); $142,647 × 76.00% = $108,412).

During Contract Year 9, death occurs. The death benefit proceeds are the greater of the Death Benefit Amount (Contract Value or Total Adjusted Purchase Payments) or the Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount. The Death Benefit Amount is $95,000 because the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments ($95,000) is greater than the Contract Value ($89,820). The death benefit proceeds are equal to the Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount of $111,666 because it is greater than the Death Benefit Amount (Total Adjusted Purchase Payments of $95,000).

------

THE EXAMPLES BELOW ASSUME OWNER CHANGE TO SOMEONE OTHER THAN PREVIOUS OWNER'S SPOUSE, TO A TRUST OR NON-NATURAL ENTITY WHERE THE OWNER AND ANNUITANT ARE NOT THE SAME PERSON PRIOR TO THE CHANGE OR IF AN OWNER IS ADDED THAT IS NOT A SPOUSE OF THE OWNER

#### Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $25,000 is received in Contract Year 3.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal of $35,000 is taken during Contract Year 6.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Owner change to someone other than previous Owner's Spouse during Contract Year 8.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal of $10,000 is taken during Contract Year 11.

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Beginning<br>of Contract<br>Year** | **Purchase<br>Payments<br>Received** | **Withdrawal<br>Amount** | **Contract<br>Value<sup>1</sup>** | **Total Adjusted<br>Purchase<br>Payments<sup>1</sup>** |
| 1 | $100000 |  | $100000 | $100000 |
| 2 |  |  | $103000 | $100000 |
| 3 |  |  | $106090 | $100000 |
| Activity | $25000 |  | $133468 | $125000 |
| 4 |  |  | $134458 | $125000 |
| 5 |  |  | $138492 | $125000 |
| 6 |  |  | $142647 | $125000 |
| Activity |  | $35000 | $110844 | $95000 |
| 7 |  |  | $111666 | $95000 |
| 8 |  |  | $103850 | $95000 |
| Owner Change |  |  | $100735 | $95000 |
| 9 |  |  | $96580 | $95000 |
| 10 |  |  | $89820 | $95000 |
| 11 |  |  | $83530 | $95000 |
| Activity |  | $10000 | $73530 | $83629 |
| 12 |  |  | $68383 | $83629 |
| 13 |  |  | $63596 | $83629 |
| 14<br>Death<br>Occurs |  |  | $59144 | $83629 |

---

<sup>1</sup>The greater of the Contract Value or the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments represents the Death Benefit Amount.

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Total Adjusted Purchase Payment = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

During Contract Year 3, an additional Purchase Payment of $25,000 was made. The Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount increased to $125,000. The Contract Value increased to $133,468.

During Contract Year 6, a withdrawal of $35,000 was made. This withdrawal reduced the Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount on a pro rata basis to $95,000 and decreased the Contract Value to $110,844. Numerically, the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount is calculated as follows:

------

First, determine the Pro Rata Reduction. The percentage is the withdrawal amount divided by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal ($145,844, which equals the $110,844 Contract Value after the withdrawal plus the $35,000 withdrawal amount). Numerically, the percentage is 24.00% ($35,000 ÷ $145,844 = 0.2400 or 24.00%).

Second, determine the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount. The Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount prior to the withdrawal is multiplied by 1 less the Pro Rata Reduction determined above. Numerically, the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount is $95,000 (Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount prior to the withdrawal × (1 - Pro Rata Reduction); $125,000 × (1 - 24.00%); $125,000 × 76.00% = $95,000).

During Contract Year 8, an Owner change to someone other than the previous Owner's spouse occurred. The Total Adjusted Purchase Payments on the effective date of the Owner change (the "Change Date") will be reset to equal the lesser of the Contract Value as of the Change Date or the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments as of the Change Date. Numerically, the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount will be $95,000 since the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments as of the Change Date ($95,000) is less than the Contract Value as of the Change Date ($100,735).

After the Change Date, the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments will be increased by any Purchase Payments made after the Change Date and will be reduced by any Pro Rata Reduction for withdrawals made after the Change Date.

During Contract Year 11, a withdrawal of $10,000 was made. This withdrawal reduced the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount on a pro rata basis to $83,629 and decreased the Contract Value to $73,530. Numerically, the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount is calculated as follows:

First, determine the Pro Rata Reduction. The percentage is the withdrawal amount divided by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal ($83,530, which equals the $73,530 Contract Value after the withdrawal plus the $10,000 withdrawal amount). Numerically, the percentage is 11.97% ($10,000 ÷ $83,530 = 0.1197 or 11.97%).

Second, determine the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount. The Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount prior to the withdrawal is multiplied by 1 less the Pro Rata Reduction determined above. Numerically, the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount is $83,629 (Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount prior to the withdrawal x (1 - Pro Rata Reduction); $95,000 x (1 - 11.97%); $95,000 x 88.03% = $83,629). Since the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments were greater than the Contract Value at the time of the withdrawal, the Pro Rata Reduction resulted in the Total Purchase Payments being reduced by a greater amount than the withdrawal amount.

During Contract Year 14, death occurs. The Death Benefit Amount under the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit will be the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments ($83,629) because that amount is greater than the Contract Value ($59,144).

Using the table above, if death occurred in Contract Year 7, the Death Benefit Amount under the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit would be the Contract Value ($111,666) because that amount is greater than the Total Adjusted Purchase Payment of $95,000.

#### Stepped-Up Death Benefit
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $25,000 is received in Contract Year 3.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Owner change to someone other than previous Owner's Spouse during Contract Year 5.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal of $35,000 is taken during Contract Year 6.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Annual Step-Ups occur on each of the first 7 Contract Anniversaries.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Beginning<br>of Contract<br>Year** | **Purchase<br>Payments<br>Received** | **Withdrawal<br>Amount** | **Contract<br>Value<sup>1</sup>** | **Total Adjusted<br>Purchase<br>Payments<sup>1</sup>** | **Guaranteed<br>Minimum<br>(Stepped-Up)<br>Death Benefit<br>Amount** |
| 1 | $100000 |  | $100000 | $100000 | $100000 |
| 2 |  |  | $103000 | $100000 | $103000 |
| 3 |  |  | $106090 | $100000 | $106090 |
| Activity | $25000 |  | $133468 | $125000 | $131090 |
| 4 |  |  | $134458 | $125000 | $134458 |

---

------

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Beginning<br>of Contract<br>Year** | **Purchase<br>Payments<br>Received** | **Withdrawal<br>Amount** | **Contract<br>Value<sup>1</sup>** | **Total Adjusted<br>Purchase<br>Payments<sup>1</sup>** | **Guaranteed<br>Minimum<br>(Stepped-Up)<br>Death Benefit<br>Amount** |
| 5 |  |  | $138492 | $125000 | $138492 |
| Owner Change |  |  | $140569 | $125000 | $125000 |
| 6 |  |  | $142647 | $125000 | $142647 |
| Activity |  | $35000 | $110844 | $95000 | $108412 |
| 7 |  |  | $111666 | $95000 | $111666 |
| 8 |  |  | $103850 | $95000 | $111666 |
| 9 |  |  | $96580 | $95000 | $111666 |
| Death<br>Occurs |  |  | $89820 | $95000 | $111666 |

---

<sup>1</sup> The greater of the Contract Value or the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments represents the Death Benefit Amount.

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Total Adjusted Purchase Payment = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

During Contract Year 3, an additional Purchase Payment of $25,000 was made. This results in an increase in the Total Adjusted Purchase Payment amount to $125,000. The Contract Value increased to $133,468 and the Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount increased to $131,090.

During Contract Year 5, an Owner change to someone other than the previous Owner's spouse occurred. The Total Adjusted Purchase Payments on the effective date of the Owner change (the "Change Date") will be reset to equal the lesser of the Contract Value as of the Change Date or the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments as of the Change Date. Numerically, the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount will be $125,000 since the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments as of the Change Date ($125,000) is less than the Contract Value as of the Change Date ($140,569). In addition, the Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount will be reset to equal the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount ($125,000) as of the Change Date.

During Contract Year 6, a withdrawal of $35,000 was made. This withdrawal reduced the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount on a pro rata basis to $95,000 and decreased the Contract Value to $110,844. In addition, the Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount was reduced on a pro rata basis to $108,412. Numerically, the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount and Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount are calculated as follows:

First, determine the Pro Rata Reduction. The percentage is the withdrawal amount divided by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal ($145,844, which equals the $110,844 Contract Value after the withdrawal plus the $35,000 withdrawal amount). Numerically, the percentage is 24.00% ($35,000 ÷ $145,844 = 0.2400 or 24.00%)

Second, determine the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount. The Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount prior to the withdrawal is multiplied by 1 less the Pro Rata Reduction determined above. Numerically, the new Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount is $95,000 (Total Adjusted Purchase Payments amount prior to the withdrawal × (1 - Pro Rata Reduction); $125,000 × (1 - 24.00%); $125,000 × 76.00% = $95,000).

Third, determine the new Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount. The Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount prior to the withdrawal is multiplied by 1 less the Pro Rata Reduction determined above. Numerically, the new Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount is $108,412 (Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount prior to the withdrawal × (1 - Pro Rata Reduction); $142,647 × (1 - 24.00%); $142,647 × 76.00% = $108,412).

During Contract Year 9, death occurs. The death benefit proceeds are the greater of the Death Benefit Amount (Contract Value or Total Adjusted Purchase Payments) or the Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount. The Death Benefit Amount is $95,000 because the Total Adjusted Purchase Payments ($95,000) is greater than the Contract Value ($89,820). The death benefit proceeds are equal to the Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount of $111,666 because it is greater than the Death Benefit Amount (Total Adjusted Purchase Payments of $95,000).

------

#### APPENDIX: HISTORICAL RIDER PERCENTAGES
This appendix provides historical rider percentages for the Future Income Generator (Single) and Future Income Generator (Joint) Riders.

The percentages below apply for applications (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) signed between **January 19, 2021 and April 30, 2022**, that met the requirements in effect at the time the application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) was submitted.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Rider Name** | **Annual Charge Percentage** | **Annual Credit Percentage** |
| Future Income Generator (Single) | 1.35% | 5% |
| Future Income Generator (Joint) | 1.45% | 5% |

---

The percentages below apply for applications (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) signed between **January 19, 2021 and April 30, 2022,** that met the requirements in effect at the time the application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) was submitted.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Age\*** | **Future Income Generator (Single)** | **Future Income Generator (Joint)** |
| Before 59½ | 0% | 0% |
| 59½ | 4.0% | 3.5% |
| 60 | 4.0% | 3.5% |
| 61 | 4.0% | 3.5% |
| 62 | 4.0% | 3.5% |
| 63 | 4.0% | 3.5% |
| 64 | 4.0% | 3.5% |
| 65 | 4.75% | 4.25% |
| 66 | 4.75% | 4.25% |
| 67 | 4.75% | 4.25% |
| 68 | 4.75% | 4.25% |
| 69 | 4.75% | 4.25% |
| 70 | 4.75% | 4.25% |
| 71 | 4.75% | 4.25% |
| 72 | 4.75% | 4.25% |
| 73 | 4.75% | 4.25% |
| 74 | 4.75% | 4.25% |
| 75 | 5.0% | 4.5% |
| 76 | 5.0% | 4.5% |
| 77 | 5.0% | 4.5% |
| 78 | 5.0% | 4.5% |
| 79 | 5.0% | 4.5% |
| 80 | 5.0% | 4.5% |
| 81 | 5.0% | 4.5% |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| 82 | 5.0% | 4.5% |
| 83 | 5.0% | 4.5% |
| 84 | 5.0% | 4.5% |
| 85 and older | 5.0% | 4.5% |

---

\* The Age range that applies is based on the age of the Designated Life (Single) or the youngest Designated Life (Joint) at the time of the first withdrawal after age 59½ or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

The percentages below apply for applications (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) signed between **May 1, 2022 and July 31, 2022**, that met the requirements in effect at the time the application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) was submitted.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Rider Name**  | **Annual Charge Percentage**  | **Annual Credit Percentage**  |
| Future Income Generator (Single)  | 1.50%  | 7.0%  |
| Future Income Generator (Joint)  | 1.60%  | 7.0%  |

---

The percentages below apply for applications (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) signed between **May 1, 2022 and July 31, 2022,** that met the requirements in effect at the time the application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) was submitted.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Age\***  | **Future Income** <br>**Generator (Single)**  | **Future Income** <br>**Generator (Joint)**  |
| Before 59½  | 0%  | 0%  |
| 59½  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 60  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 61  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 62  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 63  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 64  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 65  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 66  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 67  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 68  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 69  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 70  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 71  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 72  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 73  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| 74  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 75  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 76  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 77  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 78  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 79  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 80  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 81  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 82  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 83  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 84  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 85 and older  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |

---

\* The Age range that applies is based on the age of the Designated Life (Single) or the youngest Designated Life (Joint) at the time of the first withdrawal after age 59½ or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

The percentages below apply for applications (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) signed between **August 1, 2022 and October 31, 2022**, that met the requirements in effect at the time the application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) was submitted.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Rider Name**  | **Annual Charge Percentage**  | **Annual Credit Percentage**  |
| Future Income Generator (Single)  | 1.25%  | 7.0%  |
| Future Income Generator (Joint)  | 1.35%  | 7.0%  |

---

The percentages below apply for applications (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) signed between **August 1, 2022 and October 31, 2022,** that met the requirements in effect at the time the application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) was submitted.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Age\***  | **Future Income** <br>**Generator (Single)**  | **Future Income** <br>**Generator (Joint)**  |
| Before 59½  | 0%  | 0%  |
| 59½  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 60  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 61  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 62  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 63  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| 64  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 65  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 66  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 67  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 68  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 69  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 70  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 71  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 72  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 73  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 74  | 5.0%  | 4.5%  |
| 75  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 76  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 77  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 78  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 79  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 80  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 81  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 82  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 83  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 84  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |
| 85 and older  | 5.25%  | 4.75%  |

---

\* The Age range that applies is based on the age of the Designated Life (Single) or the youngest Designated Life (Joint) at the time of the first withdrawal after age 59½ or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

The percentages below apply for applications (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) signed between **November 1, 2022 and April 30, 2023**, that met the requirements in effect at the time the application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) was submitted.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Rider Name**  | **Annual Charge Percentage**  | **Annual Credit Percentage**  |
| Future Income Generator (Single)  | 1.45%  | 7.0%  |
| Future Income Generator (Joint)  | 1.55%  | 7.0%  |

---

------

The percentages below apply for applications (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) signed between **November 1, 2022 and April 30, 2023,** that met the requirements in effect at the time the application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) was submitted.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Age\***  | **Future Income** <br>**Generator (Single)**  | **Future Income** <br>**Generator (Joint)**  |
| Before 59½  | 0%  | 0%  |
| 59½  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 60  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 61  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 62  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 63  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 64  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 65  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 66  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 67  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 68  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 69  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 70  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 71  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 72  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 73  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 74  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 75  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 76  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 77  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 78  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 79  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 80  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 81  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 82  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| 83  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 84  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 85 and older  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |

---

\* The Age range that applies is based on the age of the Designated Life (Single) or the youngest Designated Life (Joint) at the time of the first withdrawal after age 59½ or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

The percentages below apply for applications (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) signed between **May 1, 2023 and July 2, 2023**, that met the requirements in effect at the time the application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) was submitted.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Rider Name**  | **Annual Charge Percentage**  | **Annual Credit Percentage**  |
| Future Income Generator (Single)  | 1.45%  | 7.0%  |
| Future Income Generator (Joint)  | 1.55%  | 7.0%  |

---

The percentages below apply for applications (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) signed between **May 1, 2023 and July 2, 2023,** that met the requirements in effect at the time the application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) was submitted.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Age\***  | **Future Income** <br>**Generator (Single)**  | **Future Income** <br>**Generator (Joint)**  |
| Before 59½  | 0%  | 0%  |
| 59½  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 60  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 61  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 62  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 63  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 64  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 65  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 66  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 67  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 68  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 69  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 70  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 71  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 72  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 73  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 74  | 5.40%  | 4.90%  |
| 75  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 76  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 77  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 78  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 79  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 80  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 81  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 82  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 83  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| 84  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |
| 85 and older  | 5.65%  | 5.15%  |

---

\* The Age range that applies is based on the age of the Designated Life (Single) or the youngest Designated Life (Joint) at the time of the first withdrawal after age 59½ or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

The percentages below apply for applications (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) signed between **July 3, 2023 and September 28, 2023**, that met the requirements in effect at the time the application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) was submitted.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Rider Name**  | **Annual Charge Percentage**  | **Annual Credit Percentage**  |
| Future Income Generator (Single)  | 1.45%  | 7.0%  |
| Future Income Generator (Joint)  | 1.55%  | 7.0%  |

---

The percentages below apply for applications (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) signed between **July 3, 2023 and September 28, 2023,** that met the requirements in effect at the time the application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) was submitted.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Age\***  | **Future Income** <br>**Generator (Single)**  | **Future Income** <br>**Generator (Joint)**  |
| Before 59½  | 0%  | 0%  |
| 59½  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 60  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 61  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 62  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 63  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 64  | 4.25%  | 3.75%  |
| 65  | 5.60%  | 5.00%  |
| 66  | 5.60%  | 5.00%  |
| 67  | 5.60%  | 5.00%  |
| 68  | 5.60%  | 5.00%  |
| 69  | 5.60%  | 5.00%  |
| 70  | 5.60%  | 5.00%  |
| 71  | 5.60%  | 5.00%  |
| 72  | 5.60%  | 5.00%  |
| 73  | 5.60%  | 5.00%  |
| 74  | 5.60%  | 5.00%  |
| 75  | 5.85%  | 5.25%  |
| 76  | 5.85%  | 5.25%  |
| 77  | 5.85%  | 5.25%  |
| 78  | 5.85%  | 5.25%  |
| 79  | 5.85%  | 5.25%  |
| 80  | 5.85%  | 5.25%  |
| 81  | 5.85%  | 5.25%  |
| 82  | 5.85%  | 5.25%  |
| 83  | 5.85%  | 5.25%  |
| 84  | 5.85%  | 5.25%  |
| 85 and older  | 5.85%  | 5.25%  |

---

------

\* The Age range that applies is based on the age of the Designated Life (Single) or the youngest Designated Life (Joint) at the time of the first withdrawal after age 59½ or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

The percentages below apply for applications (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) signed between **September 29, 2023 and April 30, 2023**, that met the requirements in effect at the time the application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) was submitted.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Rider Name**  | **Annual Charge Percentage**  | **Annual Credit Percentage**  |
| Future Income Generator (Single)  | 1.45%  | 5.0%  |
| Future Income Generator (Joint)  | 1.55%  | 5.0%  |

---

The percentages below apply for applications (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) signed between **September 29, 2023 and April 30, 2023,** that met the requirements in effect at the time the application (or Regulation 60 paperwork if a replacement) was submitted.

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| **Age\***  | **Future Income** <br>**Generator (Single)**  | **Future Income** <br>**Generator (Joint)**  |
| Before 59½  | 0%  | 0%  |
| 59½  | 4.50%  | 4.00%  |
| 60  | 4.50%  | 4.00%  |
| 61  | 4.50%  | 4.00%  |
| 62  | 4.50%  | 4.00%  |
| 63  | 4.50%  | 4.00%  |
| 64  | 4.50%  | 4.00%  |
| 65  | 5.60%  | 5.10%  |
| 66  | 5.60%  | 5.10%  |
| 67  | 5.60%  | 5.10%  |
| 68  | 5.60%  | 5.10%  |
| 69  | 5.60%  | 5.10%  |
| 70  | 6.00%  | 5.50%  |
| 71  | 6.00%  | 5.50%  |
| 72  | 6.00%  | 5.50%  |
| 73  | 6.00%  | 5.50%  |
| 74  | 6.00%  | 5.50%  |
| 75  | 6.50%  | 5.95%  |
| 76  | 6.50%  | 5.95%  |
| 77  | 6.50%  | 5.95%  |
| 78  | 6.50%  | 5.95%  |
| 79  | 6.50%  | 5.95%  |
| 80  | 7.10%  | 6.50%  |
| 81  | 7.10%  | 6.50%  |
| 82  | 7.10%  | 6.50%  |
| 83  | 7.10%  | 6.50%  |
| 84  | 7.10%  | 6.50%  |
| 85  | 7.85%  | 7.20%  |
| 86  | 7.85%  | 7.20%  |
| 87  | 7.85%  | 7.20%  |
| 88  | 7.85%  | 7.20%  |

---

------

---

| | | |
|:---|:---|:---|
| 89  | 7.85%  | 7.20%  |
| 90  | 8.80%  | 8.10%  |
| 91  | 8.80%  | 8.10%  |
| 92  | 8.80%  | 8.10%  |
| 93  | 8.80%  | 8.10%  |
| 94  | 8.80%  | 8.10%  |
| 95 and older  | 10.05%  | 9.25%  |

---

\* The Age range that applies is based on the age of the Designated Life (Single) or the youngest Designated Life (Joint) at the time of the first withdrawal after age 59½ or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

If you purchased a Rider, review the Rider specifications page you received for your Contract, speak with your Schwab investment professional, or call us to confirm the percentages applicable to you.

------

#### APPENDIX: OPTIONAL RIDERS NOT AVAILABLE<br>FOR PURCHASE

#### Income Generator (Single)
(This Rider is also called Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit in documents you may receive from us and is called the Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit IX Rider – Single Life in the Contract's Rider)

*Rider Terms* 

**Annual RMD Amount** – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) ("Section 401(a)(9)") and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

**Early Withdrawal** – Any withdrawal that occurs before the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) years of age.

**Excess Withdrawal** – Any withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that occurs after the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) or older and exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

**Protected Payment Amount** – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year and will be reset on each Contract Anniversary to 5% of the Protected Payment Base computed on that date. If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is younger than 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to zero (0); however, once the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) reaches age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013), the Protected Payment Amount will equal 5% of the Protected Payment Base and will be reset each Contract Anniversary. The initial Protected Payment Amount will depend upon the age of the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner).

**Protected Payment Base** – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. On the Rider Effective Date, the Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or, if purchased after Contract issue, the Contract Value as of the Rider Effective Date.

**Reset Date** – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset occurs.

**Rider Effective Date** – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective.

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the *Required Minimum Distributions* subsection and information about Automatic Resets in the *Reset of Protected Payment Base* subsection below.

*How the Rider Works* 

Beginning at age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013), this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. On each Contract Anniversary, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets of the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value if the Protected Payment Base is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the *Termination* subsection of this Rider for more information).

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is 5% of the Protected Payment Base. If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is younger than 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is zero (0).

The Protected Payment Base may change over time. An Automatic Reset will increase the Protected Payment Base depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base at the time of withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the *Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount* subsection.

Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

------

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including an IRA Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans**.

*Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount* 

When the oldest Owner (youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) years of age or older, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. The Protected Payment Amount will be reduced by the amount withdrawn during the Contract Year and will be reset each Contract Anniversary to 5% of the Protected Payment Base. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged.

**Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount**. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. (See example 4 in **APPENDIX: INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Excess Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES**.

*Early Withdrawal* 

If an Early Withdrawal occurs, we will (immediately following the Early Withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in a lower Protected Payment Base. See example 5 in **APPENDIX: INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Early Withdrawal.

*Required Minimum Distributions* 

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● such withdrawal (an "RMD Withdrawal") is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Treasury Regulations in effect at that time,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only.

See example 6 in **APPENDIX: INCOME GENERATOR (SINGLE) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for numerical examples that describe what occurs when only withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount are made during a Contract Year and when withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount plus other non-RMD Withdrawals are made during a Contract Year.

See **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified Contracts – *Required Minimum Distributions***.

*Depletion of Contract Value* 

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is younger than age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) when the Contract Value is zero (due to withdrawals, fees, market decline, or otherwise), the Rider will terminate.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount (excluding an RMD withdrawal), the Rider will terminate.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) that did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount, the following will apply:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the date of death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

*Reset of Protected Payment Base* 

On and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base is changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

**Automatic Reset**. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see **CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges**).

**Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election**. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Protected Payment Amount and annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in accordance with the **Automatic Reset** paragraph above.

If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

*Subsequent Purchase Payments* 

If we receive additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Rider Effective Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval.

*Annuitization* 

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your Schwab investment professional to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

*Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract* 

This Rider terminates upon the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant. If the surviving spouse continues the Contract, the surviving spouse may re-purchase this Rider (if available). The existing protected balances will not carry over to the new Rider and will be based on the Contract Value at time of re-purchase.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract (see **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS**).

*Termination* 

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the *Investment Allocation Requirements* and no corrective action was taken, after written notice was provided, to comply with the requirements to continue the Rider,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the date of death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● for Contracts with a Non-Natural Owner, the date of death of any Annuitant, including Primary and Joint Annuitants,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day we are notified of a change in ownership of the Contract to a non-spouse Owner if the Contract is Non-Qualified (excluding changes in ownership to or from certain trusts),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Annuity Date (see the *Annuitization* subsection for additional information),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is younger than age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013).

#### See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero.
*Sample Calculations* 

Hypothetical sample calculations are in the attached below. The examples are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns.

**The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.**

#### Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Owner and Annuitant is 65 years old.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract<br>Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $100000 | $5000 |

---

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

#### Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payment.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Owner and Annuitant is 65 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● No withdrawals taken.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 2.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract<br>Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $100000 | $5000 |
| Activity | $100000 |  | $200000 | $200000 | $10000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $200000 | $10000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $207000 | $10350 |

---

------

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base is increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $10,000 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This resets the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $10,350 (5% x $207,000).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

#### Example #3 – Withdrawal Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Owner and Annuitant is 65 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal lower than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract<br>Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $100000 | $5000 |
| Activity | $100000 |  | $200000 | $200000 | $10000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $200000 | $10000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $207000 | $10350 |
| Activity |  | $5000 | $216,490<br>(after $5,000 withdrawal) | $207000 | $5350 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $216490 | $207000 | $10350 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $216490 | $216490 | $10825 |

---

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to **Examples #1** and **#2**.

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This reset increases the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $10,350 (5% × $207,000).

Because the $5,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the $10,350 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (**see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset**), an automatic reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (**see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset**). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount after the automatic reset at the Year 3 Contract Anniversary is equal to $10,825 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

#### Example #4 – Withdrawal Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Owner and Annuitant is 65 years old.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $195,000.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract<br>Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $100000 | $5000 |
| Activity | $100000 |  | $200000 | $200000 | $10000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $200000 | $10000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $207000 | $10350 |
| Activity |  | $30000 | $165,000<br>(after $30,000 withdrawal) | $184975 | $0 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $192000 | $184975 | $9249 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $192000 | $192000 | $9600 |

---

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to **Examples #1** and **#2**.

Because the $30,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the $10,350 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount, which is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount: $30,000 – $10,350 = $19,650.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the excess withdrawal amount computed above by the difference between the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount immediately before the withdrawal: $19,650 ÷ ($195,000 – $10,350) = 0.1064 or 10.64%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the percentage computed above: $207,000 – ($207,000 × 10.64%) = $184,975.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0. This amount is determined by multiplying the Protected Payment Base before the withdrawal by 5% and then subtracting all of the withdrawals made during that Contract Year:<br>(5% × $207,000) – $30,000 = -$19,650 or $0, since the Protected Payment Amount can't be less than zero.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an automatic reset occurs that increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value on that date. (**Compare the balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary Prior to and After Automatic Reset**).

#### Example #5 – Early Withdrawal.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Owner and Annuitant is 62 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2, 3 and 4.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

------

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract<br>Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $100000 | $0 |
| Activity | $100000 |  | $200000 | $200000 | $0 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $200000 | $0 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $207000 | $0 |
| Activity |  | $25000 | $196,490 (after $25,000 withdrawal) | $182000 | $0 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $196490 | $182000 | $0 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $196490 | $196490 | $0 |
| Year 4 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $205000 | $196490 | $0 |
| Year 4 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $205000 | $205000 | $10250 |

---

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to **Examples #1** and **#2**.

Because the $25,000 withdrawal during **Contract Year 2** exceeds the $0 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the early withdrawal amount. The early withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount of $25,000.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the early withdrawal amount determined by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal: $25,000 ÷ $221,490 = 0.1129 or 11.29%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the greater of (a) the total withdrawal amount ($25,000) and (b) the reduction percentage ($207,000 × 11.29%) = $23,370. Since $25,000 is greater than $23,370, the new Protected Payment Base is computed by subtracting $25,000 from the prior Protected Payment Base: $207,000 – $25,000 = $182,000.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (**compare balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset**). The Protected Payment Amount remains at $0 since the oldest Owner (youngest Annuitant for Non-Natural Owner) has not reached age 65.

At Year 4 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (**compare balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset**). The Protected Payment Amount is set to $10,250 (5% × $205,000) since the oldest Owner (youngest Annuitant for Non-Natural Owner) reached age 65.

#### Example #6 – RMD Withdrawals.
This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Activity<br>Date** | **RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Non-RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Annual<br>RMD<br>Amount** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 05/01/2006<br>Contract<br>Anniversary |  |  |  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 01/01/2007 |  |  | $7500 |  |  |
| 03/15/2007 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $3125 |
| 05/01/2007<br>Contract<br>Anniversary |  |  |  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 06/15/2007 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $3125 |

---

------

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Activity<br>Date** | **RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Non-RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Annual<br>RMD<br>Amount** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 09/15/2007 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $1250 |
| 12/15/2007 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $0 |
| 01/01/2008 |  |  | $8000 |  |  |
| 03/15/2008 | $2000 |  |  | $100000 | $0 |
| 05/01/2008<br>Contract<br>Anniversary |  |  |  | $100000 | $5000 |

---

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. In addition, each contract year the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Activity<br>Date** | **RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Non-RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Annual<br>RMD<br>Amount** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 05/01/2006<br>Contract<br>Anniversary |  |  | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 01/01/2007 |  |  | $7500 |  |  |
| 03/15/2007 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $3125 |
| 04/01/2007 |  | $2000 |  | $100000 | $1125 |
| 05/01/2007<br>Contract<br>Anniversary |  |  |  | $100000 | $5000 |
| 06/15/2007 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $3125 |
| 09/15/2007 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $1250 |
| 11/15/2007 |  | $4000 |  | $96900 | $0 |

---

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $5,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (5% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($5,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($1,250), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $96,900.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value = $90,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Base = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = $1,250

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $1,250. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $2,750 (total withdrawal – amount Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 – $1,250 = $2,750).

------

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount); the calculation is based on the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount values immediately before the excess withdrawal. Numerically, the ratio is 3.10% ($2,750 ÷ ($90,000 – $1,250); $2,750 ÷ $88,750 = 0.0310 or 3.10%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $96,900 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 3.10%); $100,000 × 96.90% = $96,900).

#### Example #7 – Lifetime Income.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Owner and Annuitant is 65 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Withdrawals, each equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Death occurred during Contract Year 26 after the $5,000 withdrawal was made.

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Contract<br>Year** | **Withdrawal** | **End of Year<br>Contract Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 1 | $5000 | $96489 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 2 | $5000 | $92410 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 3 | $5000 | $88543 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 4 | $5000 | $84627 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 5 | $5000 | $80662 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 6 | $5000 | $76648 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 7 | $5000 | $72583 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 8 | $5000 | $68467 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 9 | $5000 | $64299 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 10 | $5000 | $60078 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 11 | $5000 | $55805 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 12 | $5000 | $51478 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 13 | $5000 | $47096 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 14 | $5000 | $42660 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 15 | $5000 | $38168 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 16 | $5000 | $33619 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 17 | $5000 | $29013 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 18 | $5000 | $24349 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 19 | $5000 | $19626 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 20 | $5000 | $14844 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 21 | $5000 | $10002 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 22 | $5000 | $5099 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 23 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 24 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Contract<br>Year** | **Withdrawal** | **End of Year<br>Contract Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 25 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |
| 26 | $5000 | $0 | $100000 | $5000 |

---

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000), the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

Withdrawals of 5% of the Protected Payment Base will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value has been reduced to zero) until the date of death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (death of any Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), whichever occurs first.

#### Income Generator (Joint)
(This Rider is also called Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit in documents you may receive from us and is called Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit IX Rider – Joint Life in the Contract's Rider.)

*Purchasing the Rider* 

#### (You may not purchase this Rider if you have an optional death benefit rider in effect.)
You may purchase this optional Rider if you meet the following eligibility requirements:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Contract is issued as:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Non-Qualified Contract (this Rider is not available if the Owner is a trust or other entity), or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Qualified Contract under Code Section 408(a), 408(k), 408A or 408(p), except for Inherited IRAs and Inherited Roth IRAs,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● both Designated Lives are 85 years or younger on the date of purchase,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● you allocate your entire Contract Value according to the *Investment Allocation Requirements*,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Contract must be structured so that upon the death of one Designated Life, the surviving Designated Life may retain or assume ownership of the Contract, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● any Annuitant must be a Designated Life.

For purposes of meeting the eligibility requirements, Designated Lives must be any one of the following:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● a sole Owner with the Owner's Spouse designated as the sole primary Beneficiary,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Joint Owners, where the Owners are each other's Spouses, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● if the Contract is issued as a custodial owned IRA, the beneficial owner must be the Annuitant and the Annuitant's Spouse must be designated as the sole primary Beneficiary under the Contract. The custodian, under a custodial owned IRA, for the benefit of the beneficial owner, may be designated as sole primary Beneficiary provided that the Spouse of the beneficial owner is the sole primary Beneficiary of the custodial account.

If this Rider is added after Contract issue, naming your Spouse as the Beneficiary to meet eligibility requirements will not be considered a change of Annuitant on the Contract.

*Rider Terms* 

**Annual RMD Amount –** The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) ("Section 401(a)(9)") and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

**Designated Lives** (each a **"Designated Life"**) **–** Designated Lives must be natural persons who are each other's spouses on the Rider Effective Date. Designated Lives will remain unchanged while this Rider is in effect.

To be eligible for lifetime benefits, the Designated Life must:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● be the Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA), or

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● remain the Spouse of the other Designated Life and be the first in line of succession, as determined under the Contract, for payment of any death benefit.

**Early Withdrawal –** Any withdrawal that occurs before the youngest Designated Life is 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) years of age.

**Excess Withdrawal –** Any withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that occurs after the youngest Designated Life is age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) or older and exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

**Protected Payment Amount –** The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. If the youngest Designated Life is 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to 4.5% (5% if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) of the Protected Payment Base, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year and will be reset on each Contract Anniversary to 4.5% (5% if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) of the Protected Payment Base computed on that date. If the youngest Designated Life is younger than 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to zero (0). However, once the youngest Designated Life reaches age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013), the Protected Payment Amount will equal 4.5% (5% if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) of the Protected Payment Base and will be reset each Contract Anniversary. The initial Protected Payment Amount will depend upon the age of the youngest Designated Life.

**Protected Payment Base –** An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. On the Rider Effective Date, the Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or, if purchased after Contract issue, the Contract Value as of the Rider Effective Date.

**Reset Date –** Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset occurs.

**Rider Effective Date –** The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective.

**Spouse –** The Owner's spouse who is treated as the Owner's spouse pursuant to federal law. If the Contract is a custodial owned IRA, the Annuitant's spouse who is treated as the Annuitant's spouse pursuant to federal law.

**Surviving Spouse –** The surviving spouse of a deceased Owner (or Annuitant in the case of a custodial owned IRA).

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the *Required Minimum Distributions* subsection and information about Automatic Resets in the *Reset of Protected Payment Base* subsection below.

*How the Rider Works* 

Beginning at age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013), this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. On each Contract Anniversary, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets of the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value if the Protected Payment Base is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the *Termination* subsection of this Rider for more information).

If the youngest Designated Life is 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is 4.5% (5% if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) of the Protected Payment Base. If the youngest Designated Life is younger than 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is zero (0).

The Protected Payment Base may change over time. An Automatic Reset will increase the Protected Payment Base depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base at the time of withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the *Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount* subsection.

Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including an IRA Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans**.

------

*Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount* 

When the youngest Designated Life is 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) years of age or older, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. The Protected Payment Amount will be reduced by the amount withdrawn during the Contract Year and will be reset each Contract Anniversary to 4.5% (5% if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) of the Protected Payment Base. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged.

**Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount.** If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. (See example 4 in **APPENDIX: INCOME GENERATOR (JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Excess Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES**.

*Early Withdrawal* 

If an Early Withdrawal occurs, we will (immediately following the Early Withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in a lower Protected Payment Base. See example 5 in **APPENDIX: INCOME GENERATOR (JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Early Withdrawal.

*Required Minimum Distributions* 

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● such withdrawal (an "RMD Withdrawal") is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Treasury Regulations in effect at that time,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the youngest Designated Life is age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) or older.

See example 6 in **APPENDIX: INCOME GENERATOR (JOINT) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS** for numerical examples that describe what occurs when only withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount are made during a Contract Year and when withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount plus other non-RMD Withdrawals are made during a Contract Year.

See **FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified Contracts** – *Required Minimum Distributions*.

*Depletion of Contract Value* 

If the youngest Designated Life is younger than age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) when the Contract Value is zero (due to withdrawals, fees, market decline, or otherwise), the Rider will terminate.

If the youngest Designated Life is age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount (excluding an RMD withdrawal), the Rider will terminate.

If the youngest Designated Life is age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013) or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) that did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount, the following will apply:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract, and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

------

*Reset of Protected Payment Base* 

On and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base is changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

**Automatic Reset.** On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see **CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges**).

**Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election.** Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Protected Payment Amount and annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in accordance with the **Automatic Reset** paragraph above.

If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

*Subsequent Purchase Payments* 

If we receive additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Rider Effective Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval.

*Annuitization* 

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your Schwab investment professional to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

*Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract* 

If the Owner dies and the Surviving Spouse (who is also a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits) elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, the Surviving Spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Rider terminates.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract (see **DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS**).

*Ownership and Beneficiary Changes* 

Changes to the Contract Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary designations and changes in marital status, including a dissolution of marriage, may adversely affect the benefits of this Rider. A particular change may make a Designated Life ineligible to receive lifetime income benefits under this Rider. As a result, the Rider may remain in effect and you may pay for benefits that you will not receive. **You are strongly advised to work with your Schwab investment professional and consider your options prior to making any Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary changes to your Contract.** See *Rider Terms – Designated Lives* above and **ADDITIONAL INFORMATION – Changes to Your Contract.**

*Termination* 

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the *Investment Allocation Requirements* and no corrective action was taken, after written notice was provided, to comply with the requirements to continue the Rider,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the date of the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and a Surviving Spouse who chooses to continue the Contract is not a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and the Contract is not continued by a Surviving Spouse who is a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● if both Designated Lives are Joint Owners and there is a change in marital status, the Rider will terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life who is a Contract Owner,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day that neither Designated Life is an Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA) (this bullet does not apply if this Rider is issued in California or Connecticut),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information),

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, or

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero if the youngest Designated Life is younger than age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2013).

#### See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero.
*Sample Calculations* 

Hypothetical sample calculations are in the attached below. The examples are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns.

**The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.**

#### Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract<br>Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $100000 | $4500 |

---

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = 4.5% of Protected Payment Base = $4,500

#### Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payment.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● No withdrawals taken.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 2.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

------

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract<br>Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $100000 | $4500 |
| Activity | $100000 |  | $200000 | $200000 | $9000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $200000 | $9000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $207000 | $9315 |

---

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base is increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $9,000 (4.5% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This resets the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $9,315 (4.5% × $207,000).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

#### Example #3 – Withdrawal Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal lower than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract<br>Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $100000 | $4500 |
| Activity | $100000 |  | $200000 | $200000 | $9000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $200000 | $9000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $207000 | $9315 |
| Activity |  | $5000 | $216,490<br>(after $5,000 withdrawal) | $207000 | $4315 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $216490 | $207000 | $9315 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $216490 | $216490 | $9742 |

---

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to **Examples #1** and **#2**.

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This reset increases the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $9,315 (4.5% × $207,000).

Because the $5,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the $9,315 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (**see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset**), an automatic reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (**see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic** 

------

**Reset**). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount after the automatic reset at the Year 3 Contract Anniversary is equal to $9,742 (4.5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

#### Example #4 – Withdrawal Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $195,000.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract<br>Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $100000 | $4500 |
| Activity | $100000 |  | $200000 | $200000 | $9000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $200000 | $9000 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $207000 | $9315 |
| Activity |  | $30000 | $165,000<br>(after $30,000 withdrawal) | $183940 | $0 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $192000 | $183940 | $8277 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $192000 | $192000 | $8640 |

---

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to **Examples #1** and **#2**.

Because the $30,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the $9,315 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount, which is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount: $30,000 - $9,315 = $20,685.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the excess withdrawal amount computed above by the difference between the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount immediately before the withdrawal: $20,685 ÷ ($195,000 - $9,315) = 0.1114 or 11.14%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the percentage computed above: $207,000 - ($207,000 × 11.14%) = $183,940.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0. This amount is determined by multiplying the Protected Payment Base before the withdrawal by 4.5% and then subtracting all of the withdrawals made during that Contract Year: (4.5% × $207,000) - $30,000 = -$20,685 or $0, since the Protected Payment Amount can't be less than zero.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an automatic reset occurs that increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value on that date. (**Compare the balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary Prior to and After Automatic Reset**).

#### Example #5 – Early Withdrawal.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Designated Life is 62 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

------

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2, 3 and 4.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| | **Purchase Payment** | **Withdrawal** | **Contract<br>Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| Rider Effective Date | $100000 |  | $100000 | $100000 | $0 |
| Activity | $100000 |  | $200000 | $200000 | $0 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $200000 | $0 |
| Year 2 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $207000 | $207000 | $0 |
| Activity |  | $25000 | $196,490 (after $25,000 withdrawal) | $182000 | $0 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $196490 | $182000 | $0 |
| Year 3 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $196490 | $196490 | $0 |
| Year 4 Contract Anniversary | (Prior to Automatic Reset) |  | $205000 | $196490 | $0 |
| Year 4 Contract Anniversary | (After Automatic Reset) |  | $205000 | $205000 | $9225 |

---

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to **Examples #1** and **#2**.

Because the $25,000 withdrawal during **Contract Year 2** exceeds the $0 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the early withdrawal amount. The early withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount of $25,000.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the early withdrawal amount determined by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal: $25,000 ÷ $221,490 = 0.1129 or 11.29%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the greater of (a) the total withdrawal amount ($25,000) and (b) the reduction percentage ($207,000 × 11.29%) = $23,370. Since $25,000 is greater than $23,370, the new Protected Payment Base is computed by subtracting $25,000 from the prior Protected Payment Base: $207,000 - $25,000 = $182,000.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (**compare balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset**). The Protected Payment Amount remains at $0 since the youngest Designated Life has not reached age 65.

At Year 4 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (**compare balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset**). The Protected Payment Amount is set to $9,225 (4.5% × $205,000) since the youngest Designated Life reached age 65.

#### Example #6 – RMD Withdrawals.
This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Activity<br>Date** | **RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Non-RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Annual<br>RMD<br>Amount** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 05/01/2006<br>Contract<br>Anniversary |  |  |  | $100000 | $4500 |
| 01/01/2007 |  |  | $7500 |  |  |

---

------

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Activity<br>Date** | **RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Non-RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Annual<br>RMD<br>Amount** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 03/15/2007 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $2625 |
| 05/01/2007<br>Contract<br>Anniversary |  |  |  | $100000 | $4500 |
| 06/15/2007 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $2625 |
| 09/15/2007 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $750 |
| 12/15/2007 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $0 |
| 01/01/2008 |  |  | $8000 |  |  |
| 03/15/2008 | $2000 |  |  | $100000 | $0 |
| 05/01/2008<br>Contract<br>Anniversary |  |  |  | $100000 | $4500 |

---

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. In addition, each contract year the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

---

| | | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Activity<br>Date** | **RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Non-RMD<br>Withdrawal** | **Annual<br>RMD<br>Amount** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 05/01/2006<br>Contract<br>Anniversary |  |  | $0 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 01/01/2007 |  |  | $7500 |  |  |
| 03/15/2007 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $2625 |
| 04/01/2007 |  | $2000 |  | $100000 | $625 |
| 05/01/2007<br>Contract<br>Anniversary |  |  |  | $100000 | $4500 |
| 06/15/2007 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $2625 |
| 09/15/2007 | $1875 |  |  | $100000 | $750 |
| 11/15/2007 |  | $4000 |  | $96360 | $0 |

---

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $4,500 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (4.5% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($4,500). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($750), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $96,360.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Contract Value = $90,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Base = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = $750

------

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $750. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $3,250 (total withdrawal amount - Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 - $750 = $3,250).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value - Protected Payment Amount); the calculation is based on the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount values immediately before the excess withdrawal. Numerically, the ratio is 3.64% ($3,250 ÷ ($90,000 - $750); $3,250 ÷ $89,250 = 0.0364 or 3.64%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $96,360 (Protected Payment Base × (1 - ratio); $100,000 × (1 - 3.64%); $100,000 × 96.36% = $96,360).

#### Example #7 – Lifetime Income.
The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Every Owner and Annuitant is 65 years old.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Withdrawals, each equal to 4.5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Death occurred during Contract Year 26 after the $4,500 withdrawal was made.

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Contract<br>Year** | **Withdrawal** | **End of Year<br>Contract Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 1 | $4500 | $96489 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 2 | $4500 | $92410 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 3 | $4500 | $88543 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 4 | $4500 | $84627 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 5 | $4500 | $80662 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 6 | $4500 | $76648 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 7 | $4500 | $72583 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 8 | $4500 | $68467 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 9 | $4500 | $64299 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 10 | $4500 | $60078 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 11 | $4500 | $55805 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 12 | $4500 | $51478 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 13 | $4500 | $47096 | $100000 | $4500 |
| Activity (Death of first Designated Life)<br> 14 | $4500 | $42660 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 15 | $4500 | $38168 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 16 | $4500 | $33619 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 17 | $4500 | $29013 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 18 | $4500 | $24349 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 19 | $4500 | $19626 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 20 | $4500 | $14844 | $100000 | $4500 |

---

------

---

| | | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Contract<br>Year** | **Withdrawal** | **End of Year<br>Contract Value** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Base** | **Protected<br>Payment<br>Amount** |
| 21 | $4500 | $10002 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 22 | $4500 | $5099 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 23 | $4500 | $0 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 24 | $4500 | $0 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 25 | $4500 | $0 | $100000 | $4500 |
| 26 | $4500 | $0 | $100000 | $4500 |

---

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;● Protected Payment Amount = 4.5% of Protected Payment Base = $4,500

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($4,500), the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

During Contract Year 13, the death of the first Designated Life occurred. Withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (4.5% of the Protected Payment Base) will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value was reduced to zero) until the Rider terminates.

If there was a change in Owner, Beneficiary or marital status prior to the death of the first Designated Life that resulted in the surviving Designated Life (spouse) to become ineligible for lifetime income benefits, then the lifetime income benefits under the Rider would not continue for the surviving Designated Life and the Rider would terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life.

------

#### WHERE TO GO FOR MORE INFORMATION
You will find additional information about this variable annuity contract and Separate Account A in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI) dated May 1, 2026.

The SAI has been filed with the SEC and is considered to be part of this Prospectus because it is incorporated by reference.

You can get a copy of the SAI at no charge by visiting our website, calling or writing to us, or by contacting the SEC. Reports and other information about Separate Account A are available on the SEC website at http://www.sec.gov, and copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

The Schwab Retirement Income Variable Annuity Contract is offered by Pacific Life & Annuity Company, 700 Newport Center Drive. P.O. Box 9000, Newport Beach, California 92660.

If you have any questions about the Contract, please ask your Schwab investment professional or contact us.

#### How to Contact Us
<u>Call or write our Service Center at:</u>

Pacific Life & Annuity Company<br>P.O. Box 2829<br>Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2829

Contract Owners: (800) 748-6907<br>Schwab investment professionals: (800) 610-4823<br>6 a.m. through 5 p.m. Pacific time on any Business Day

<u>Send Purchase Payments, other payments and application forms to our Service Center at the following address:</u>

*By mail*<br>Pacific Life & Annuity Company<br>P.O. Box 2736<br>Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2736

*By overnight delivery service*<br>Pacific Life & Annuity Company<br>6750 Mercy Road, RSD<br>Omaha, Nebraska 68106

#### How to Contact Schwab
Contact your Schwab investment professional or call a Schwab Annuity Specialist at (888) 311-4887, weekdays 6 a.m. through 4:30 p.m. Pacific time.

#### FINRA Public Disclosure Program
The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) provides investor protection education through its website and printed materials. The FINRA regulation website address is www.finra.org. An investor brochure that includes information describing the BrokerCheck program may be obtained from FINRA. The FINRA BrokerCheck hotline number is (800) 289-9999. FINRA does not charge a fee for the BrokerCheck program services.

EDGAR Contract No. C000111332

------

#### STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

#### MAY 1, 2026

#### SCHWAB RETIREMENT INCOME VARIABLE ANNUITY<sup>TM</sup>

#### SEPARATE ACCOUNT A
Schwab Retirement Income Variable Annuity (the "Contract") is a variable annuity contract offered by Pacific Life & Annuity Company ("PL&A").

This Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") is not a Prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Contract's Prospectus, dated May 1, 2026, and any supplement thereto, which is available without charge upon written or telephone request to PL&A. Terms used in this SAI have the same meanings as in the Prospectus, and some additional terms are defined particularly for this SAI. This SAI is incorporated by reference into the Contract's Prospectus.

Pacific Life & Annuity Company

Mailing address: P.O. Box 2829

Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2829

(800) 748-6907 - Contract Owners

(800) 610-4823 – Schwab investment professionals

------

#### **TABLE OF CONTENTS**

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| [PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT](#new_id-72) | [1](#new_id-72) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Pacific Life & Annuity Company](#new_id-73) | [1](#new_id-73) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Separate Account A](#new_id-74) | [1](#new_id-74) |
| [PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS](#new_id-75) | [2](#new_id-75) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD)](#new_id-76) | [2](#new_id-76) |
| [PERFORMANCE](#new_id-77) | [2](#new_id-77) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Total Returns](#new_id-78) | [2](#new_id-78) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Yields](#new_id-79) | [3](#new_id-79) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Performance Comparisons and Benchmarks](#new_id-80) | [4](#new_id-80) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Power of Tax Deferral](#new_id-81) | [5](#new_id-81) |
| [THE CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT](#new_id-82) | [5](#new_id-82) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Calculating Subaccount Unit Values](#new_id-83) | [5](#new_id-83) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Corresponding Dates](#new_id-84) | [6](#new_id-84) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Age and Sex of Annuitant](#new_id-85) | [6](#new_id-85) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Systematic Transfer Program](#new_id-86) | [7](#new_id-86) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Pre-Authorized Withdrawals](#new_id-87) | [7](#new_id-87) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[More on Federal Tax Issues](#new_id-88) | [7](#new_id-88) |
| &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;[Safekeeping of Assets](#new_id-89) | [8](#new_id-89) |
| [FINANCIAL STATEMENTS](#new_id-90) | [8](#new_id-90) |
| [INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS](#new_id-91) | [9](#new_id-91) |

---

i

------

#### PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

#### Pacific Life & Annuity Company
Pacific Life & Annuity Company is a life insurance company domiciled in Arizona. Our operations include life insurance, annuity, institutional products, and various other insurance products and services.

We are authorized to conduct our life insurance and annuity business in New York. Our executive office is located at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.

PL&A was incorporated in 1982 under the name of Pacific Financial Life Insurance Company. We merged with Pacific Financial Life Insurance Company of Arizona and assumed the PM Group Life Insurance Company in transferring domicile from California to Arizona, which was completed in 1990. On January 1, 1999, we changed our name to our current name, Pacific Life & Annuity Company.

We may provide you with reports of our ratings both as an insurance company and as to our claims-paying ability with respect to our General Account assets.

Pursuant to Commodity Futures Trading Commission Rule 4.5, PL&A has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term "commodity pool operator" under the Commodity Exchange Act. Therefore, it is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.

*Pacific Life* 

Pacific Life Insurance Company administers the policies sold under this Prospectus. Pacific Life's executive office is located at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.

#### Separate Account A
Separate Account A was established on January 25, 1999, as a separate account of ours, and is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"), as a type of investment company called a "unit investment trust." We established the Separate Account under the laws of the state of Arizona and the Separate Account is maintained under Arizona law.

Obligations arising under your Contract are our general corporate obligations. We are also the legal owner of the assets in the Separate Account. Assets of the Separate Account attributed to the reserves and other liabilities under the Contract and other contracts issued by us that are supported by the Separate Account may not be charged with liabilities arising from any of our other business; any income, gain or loss (whether or not realized) from the assets of the Separate Account are credited to or charged against the Separate Account without regard to our other income, gain or loss. We must keep assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and contract liabilities (*i.e.* amounts at least equal to the aggregate variable account value) sufficient to pay obligations under the contracts funded by the Separate Account.

We may invest money in the Separate Account in order to commence its operations and for other purposes, but not to support contracts other than variable annuity contracts. A portion of the Separate Account's assets may include accumulations of charges we make against the Separate Account and investment results of assets so accumulated. These additional assets are ours and we may transfer them to our General Account at any time; however, before making any such transfer, we will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer might have on the Separate Account. Subject to applicable law, we reserve the right to transfer our assets in the Separate Account to our General Account.

The Separate Account may not be the sole investor in the Funds. Investment in a Fund by other separate accounts in connection with variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts may create conflicts. See the Prospectus and SAI for the Funds for more information.

------

#### PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

#### Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD)
Pacific Select Distributors, LLC, our affiliate, acts as the principal underwriter (distributor) of the Contracts and offers the Contracts on a continuous basis. PSD is located at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660. PSD is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and is a member of FINRA. We pay PSD for acting as distributor under a Distribution Agreement. We and PSD entered into a selling agreement with Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. ("Schwab") whose Schwab investment professionals are authorized by the Superintendent of the New York State Department of Financial Services to solicit applications for the Contracts. The aggregate amount of underwriting commissions paid to PSD for 2025, 2024, and 2023 with regard to PL&A was $33,992,465, $28,503,051, and $26,075,158 respectively, of which $0 was retained..

PSD or an affiliate pays Schwab compensation for the promotion and sale of the Contracts. PSD or an affiliate also may provide reimbursement for other expenses associated with the promotion and solicitation of applications for the Contracts. Your Schwab investment professional typically receives a portion of the compensation that is payable to Schwab in connection with the Contract, depending on the arrangement between your Schwab investment professional and Schwab. We are not involved in determining that compensation arrangement, which may present its own incentives or conflicts. You may ask your Schwab investment professional how he/she will personally be compensated for the transaction.

PSD Pays Schwab an annual trail commission of 0.20% of the Account Value considered in connection with the trail commission.

We and/or an affiliate may pay additional cash compensation from our own resources in connection with the promotion and solicitation of applications for the Contracts. Trailing compensation based on Account Value generally does not exceed 0.00% on an annual basis. Such additional compensation may afford us a "preferred" status at Schwab and provide some other marketing benefit such as website placement, access to Schwab investment professional lists, extra marketing assistance or other heightened visibility and access that otherwise influences the way that Schwab markets the Contracts.

We or our affiliates may also pay override payments, expense allowances and reimbursements, bonuses, wholesaler fees, and training and marketing allowances. Such payments may offset Schwab's expenses in connection with activities that it is required to perform, such as educating personnel and maintaining records. Schwab investment professionals may also receive non-cash compensation, such as expense-paid educational or training seminars involving travel within and outside the U.S. or promotional merchandise.

Portfolio Managers of the underlying Portfolios available under this Contract may from time to time bear all or a portion of the expenses of conferences or meetings sponsored by PL&A or PSD that are attended by, among others, representatives of PSD, who would receive information and/or training regarding the Fund's Portfolios and their management by the Portfolio Managers in addition to information regarding the variable annuity and/or life insurance products issued by PL&A and its affiliates. Other persons may also attend all or a portion of any such conferences or meetings, including directors, officers and employees of PL&A, and spouses/guests of the foregoing. Additional expenses and promotional items may be paid for by PL&A and/or Portfolio Managers.

#### PERFORMANCE
From time to time, our reports or other communications to current or prospective Contract Owners or our advertising or other promotional material may quote the performance (yield and total return) of a Subaccount. Quoted results are based on past performance and reflect the performance of all assets held in that Subaccount for the stated time period. **Quoted results are neither an estimate nor a guarantee of future investment performance, and do not represent the actual experience of amounts invested by any particular Contract Owner.**

#### Total Returns
A Subaccount may advertise its "average annual total return" over various periods of time. "Total return" represents the average percentage change in value of an investment in the Subaccount from the beginning of a measuring period to the end of that measuring period. "Annualized" total return assumes that the total return achieved for the

------

measuring period is achieved for each full year period. "Average annual" total return is computed in accordance with a standard method prescribed by the SEC, and is also referred to as "standardized return."

*Average Annual Total Return*

To calculate a Subaccount's average annual total return for a specific measuring period, we first take a hypothetical $1,000 investment in that Subaccount, at its applicable Subaccount Unit Value (the "initial payment") and we compute the ending redeemable value of that initial payment at the end of the measuring period based on the investment experience of that Subaccount ("full withdrawal value"). The full withdrawal value reflects the effect of all recurring Contract fees and charges applicable to a Contract Owner under the Contract, including the asset-based Risk Charge and the asset-based Administrative Fee, but does not reflect any charges for applicable premium taxes and/or any other taxes, any non-recurring fees or charges, any increase in the Risk Charge for an optional Death Benefit Rider, or any optional living benefit rider charge. The redeemable value is then divided by the initial payment and this quotient is raised to the 365/N power (N represents the number of days in the measuring period), and 1 is subtracted from this result. Average annual total return is expressed as a percentage.

T = (ERV/P)<sup>(365/N)</sup> – 1

where T = average annual total return

ERV = ending redeemable value

P = hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

N = number of days

Average annual total return figures will be given for recent 1-, 3-, 5- and 10-year periods (if applicable), and may be given for other periods as well (such as from commencement of the Subaccount's operations, or on a year-by-year basis).

When considering "average" total return figures for periods longer than one year, it is important to note that the relevant Subaccount's annual total return for any one year in the period might have been greater or less than the average for the entire period.

*Aggregate Total Return*

A Subaccount may use "aggregate" total return figures along with its "average annual" total return figures for various periods; these figures represent the cumulative change in value of an investment in the Subaccount for a specific period. Aggregate total returns may be shown by means of schedules, charts or graphs and may indicate subtotals of the various components of total return. The SEC has not prescribed standard formulas for calculating aggregate total return.

*Non-Standardized Total Returns*

We may also calculate non-standardized total returns which may or may not reflect any charges for premium taxes and/or any other taxes, any increase in the Risk Charge for an optional Death Benefit Rider, any optional living benefit rider charge, or any non-recurring fees or charges.

Standardized return figures will always accompany any non-standardized returns shown.

#### Yields
"Yield" of the Subaccounts is computed in accordance with a standard method prescribed by the SEC. The net investment income (investment income less expenses) per Subaccount Unit earned during a specified one-month or 30-day period is divided by the Subaccount Unit Value on the last day of the specified period. This result is then annualized (that is, the yield is assumed to be generated each month or each 30-day period for a year), according to the following formula, which assumes semi-annual compounding:

<br> YIELD = 2\*[ ( <u>a–b</u> + 1)<sup>6</sup>-1] <br> c\*d

where: a = net investment income earned during the period by the Portfolio attributable to the Subaccount.

------

b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).

c = the average daily number of Subaccount Units outstanding during the period that were entitled to receive dividends.

d = the Unit Value of the Subaccount Units on the last day of the period.

The yield of each Subaccount reflects the deduction of all recurring fees and charges applicable to the Subaccount, such as the asset-based Risk Charge, and the asset-based Administrative Fee, but does not reflect any charge for applicable premium taxes and/or any other taxes, any increase in the Risk Charge for an optional Death Benefit Rider, any optional living benefit rider charge, or any non-recurring fees or charges.

The Subaccounts' yields will vary from time to time depending upon market conditions, the composition of each Portfolio and operating expenses of the Fund allocated to each Portfolio. Consequently, any given performance quotation should not be considered representative of the Subaccount's performance in the future. Yield should also be considered relative to changes in Subaccount Unit Values and to the relative risks associated with the investment policies and objectives of the various Portfolios. In addition, because performance will fluctuate, it may not provide a basis for comparing the yield of a Subaccount with certain bank deposits or other investments that pay a fixed yield or return for a stated period of time.

#### Performance Comparisons and Benchmarks
*In advertisements and sales literature, we may compare the performance of some or all of the Subaccounts to the performance of other variable annuity issuers in general and to the performance of particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual funds, or series of mutual funds, with investment objectives similar to each of the Subaccounts. This performance may be presented as averages or rankings compiled by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. ("Lipper"), or Morningstar, Inc. ("Morningstar"), which are independent services that monitor and rank the performance of variable annuity issuers and mutual funds in each of the major categories of investment objectives on an industry-wide basis. Lipper's rankings include variable life issuers as well as variable annuity issuers. The performance analyses prepared by Lipper and Morningstar rank such issuers on the basis of total return, assuming reinvestment of dividends and distributions, but do not take sales charges, redemption fees or certain expense deductions at the separate account level into consideration. In addition, Morningstar prepares risk adjusted rankings, which consider the effects of market risk on total return performance. We may also compare the performance of the Subaccounts with performance information included in other publications and services that monitor the performance of insurance company separate accounts or other investment vehicles. These other services or publications may be general interest business publications such as *The Wall Street Journal, Barron's, Business Week, Forbes, Fortune, and Money.*

In addition, our reports and communications to Contract Owners, advertisements, or sales literature may compare a Subaccount's performance to various benchmarks that measure the performance of a pertinent group of securities widely regarded by investors as being representative of the securities markets in general or as being representative of a particular type of security. We may also compare the performance of the Subaccounts with that of other appropriate indices of investment securities and averages for peer universes of funds or data developed by us derived from such indices or averages. Unmanaged indices generally assume the reinvestment of dividends or interest but do not generally reflect deductions for investment management or administrative costs and expenses.

*Tax Deferred Accumulation*

In reports or other communications to you or in advertising or sales materials, we may also describe the effects of tax-deferred compounding on the Separate Account's investment returns or upon returns in general. These effects may be illustrated in charts or graphs and may include comparisons at various points in time of returns under the Contract or in general on a tax-deferred basis with the returns on a taxable basis. Different tax rates may be assumed.

In general, individuals who own annuity contracts are not taxed on increases in the value under the annuity contract until some form of distribution is made from the contract (Non-Natural Persons as Owners may not receive tax deferred accumulation). Thus, the annuity contract will benefit from tax deferral during the accumulation period, which generally will have the effect of permitting an investment in an annuity contract to grow more rapidly than a comparable investment under which increases in value are taxed on a current basis. The following chart illustrates

------

this benefit by comparing accumulation under a variable annuity contract with accumulations from an investment on which gains are taxed on a current ordinary income basis.

The chart shows a single Purchase Payment of $10,000, assuming hypothetical annual returns of 0%, 4% and 8%, compounded annually, and a tax rate of 32%. The values shown for the taxable investment do not include any deduction for management fees or other expenses but assume that taxes are deducted annually from investment returns. The values shown for the variable annuity do not reflect the asset-based Risk Charge, and the asset-based Administrative Fee, any charge for applicable premium taxes and/or any other taxes, any increase in the Risk Charge for an optional death benefit rider, any optional living benefit rider charge, or any underlying Fund expenses.

If above expenses and fees were taken into account, they would reduce the investment return shown for both the taxable investment and the hypothetical variable annuity contract. In addition, these values assume that you do not surrender the Contract or make any withdrawals until the end of the period shown. The chart assumes a full withdrawal, at the end of the period shown, of all Contract Value and the payment of taxes at the 32% rate on the amount in excess of the Purchase Payment.

The rates of return illustrated are hypothetical and are not an estimate or guarantee of performance. Actual tax rates may vary for different assets (*e.g.* capital gains and qualifying dividend income) and taxpayers from that illustrated. Withdrawals by and distributions to Contract Owners who have not reached age 59½ may be subject to a tax penalty of 10%.

#### Power of Tax Deferral
$10,000 investment at annual rates of return of 0%, 4% and 8%, taxed @ 32%

![](tm266313d1srinysaii001.jpg)

#### THE CONTRACTS

#### Calculating Subaccount Unit Values
The Unit Value of the Subaccount Units in each Variable Investment Option is computed at the close of the New York Stock Exchange, which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on each Business Day. The initial Unit Value of each Subaccount was $10 on the Business Day the Subaccount began operations. At the end of each Business Day, the Unit Value for a Subaccount is equal to:

------

Y × Z

where (Y) = the Unit Value for that Subaccount as of the end of the preceding Business Day; and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(Z) = the Net Investment Factor for that Subaccount for the period (a "valuation period") between that Business Day and the immediately preceding Business Day.

The "Net Investment Factor" for a Subaccount for any valuation period is equal to:

(A ÷ B) - C

where (A) = the "per share value of the assets" of that Subaccount as of the end of that valuation period, which is equal to: a+b+c

where (a) = the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio shares held by that Subaccount as of the end of that valuation period;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; (b) = the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain distributions made by the Fund for that Portfolio during that valuation period; and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; (c) = any per share charge (a negative number) or credit (a positive number) for any income taxes or other amounts set aside during that valuation period as a reserve for any income and/or any other taxes which we determine to have resulted from the operations of the Subaccount or Contract, and/or any taxes attributable, directly or indirectly, to Investments;

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(B) = the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio shares held by the Subaccount as of the end of the preceding valuation period; and

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(C) = a factor that assesses against the Subaccount net assets for each calendar day in the valuation period, the basic Risk Charge plus the Administrative Fee and any applicable increase in the Risk Charge (see the **CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS** section in the Prospectus).

#### Corresponding Dates
If any transaction or event under your Contract is scheduled to occur on a "corresponding date" that does not exist in a given calendar period, the transaction or event will be deemed to occur on the following Business Day. In addition, as stated in the Prospectus, any event scheduled to occur on a day that is not a Business Day will occur on the next succeeding Business Day.

*Example*: If your Contract is issued on February 29 in year 1 (a leap year), your Contract Anniversary in years 2, 3 and 4 will be on March 1.

*Example*: If your Annuity Date is July 31, and you select monthly annuity payments, the payments received will be based on valuations made on July 31, August 31, October 1 (for September), October 31, December 1 (for November), December 31, January 31, March 1 (for February), March 31, May 1 (for April), May 31 and July 1 (for June).

#### Age and Sex of Annuitant
The Contracts generally provide for sex-distinct annuity income factors in the case of life annuities. Statistically, females tend to have longer life expectancies than males; consequently, if the amount of annuity payments is based on life expectancy, they will ordinarily be higher if an annuitant is male than if an annuitant is female. Certain states' regulations prohibit sex-distinct annuity income factors, and Contracts issued in those states will use unisex factors. In addition, Contracts issued in connection with certain Qualified Plans are required to use unisex factors.

We may require proof of your Annuitant's age and/or sex before or after commencing annuity payments. If the age or sex (or both) of your Annuitant are incorrectly stated in your Contract, we will correct the amount payable to equal the amount that the annuitized portion of the Contract Value under that Contract would have purchased for your Annuitant's correct age and sex. If we make the correction after annuity payments have started, and we have made overpayments based on the incorrect information, we will deduct the amount of the overpayment, with interest as stated in your Contract, from any payments due then or later; if we have made underpayments, we will add the

------

amount, with interest as stated in your Contract, of the underpayments to the next payment we make after we receive proof of the correct age and/or sex.

Additionally, we may require proof of the Annuitant's or Owner's age before any payments associated with the Death Benefit provisions of your Contract are made. If the age or sex of the Annuitant is incorrectly stated in your Contract, we will base any payment associated with the Death Benefit provisions on your Contract on the Annuitant's or Owner's correct age or sex.

#### Systematic Transfer Program
Work with your Schwab investment professional prior to electing portfolio rebalancing.

*Portfolio Rebalancing*

Portfolio rebalancing allows you to maintain the percentage of your Contract Value allocated to each Variable Investment Option at a pre-set level prior to annuitization.

For example, you could specify that 30% of your Contract Value should be in Subaccount A, 40% in Subaccount B, and 30% in Subaccount C.

Over time, the variations in each Subaccount's investment results will shift this balance of these Subaccount Value allocations. If you elect the portfolio rebalancing feature, we will automatically transfer your Subaccount Value back to the percentages you specify.

You may choose to have rebalances made quarterly, semi-annually or annually.

You may make your request at any time prior to your Annuity Date and it will be effective when we receive it In Proper Form. If you stop portfolio rebalancing, you must wait 30 days to begin again. Currently, we are not enforcing the 30 day waiting period but we reserve the right to enforce such waiting period in the future. We will provide at least a 30 day prior notice before we enforce the 30 day waiting period. If you request rebalancing on your application but do not specify a date for the first rebalance, it will occur one period after your Contract Date. We may change, terminate or suspend the portfolio rebalancing feature at any time. Portfolio rebalancing will stop on the Annuity Date.

#### Pre-Authorized Withdrawals
You may specify a dollar amount for your pre-authorized withdrawals, or you may specify a percentage of your Contract Value or living benefit rider, if applicable. You may direct us to make your pre-authorized withdrawals from one or more specific Investment Options. If you do not give us these specific instructions, amounts will be deducted proportionately from your Account Value in each Investment Option. If your pre-authorized or required withdrawal (e.g. required minimum distributions from qualified plans or IRAs or withdrawals following the death of the Owner) is larger than the value of your specified Investment Option, any excess amount will be deducted proportionately from the remaining Investment Options.

You may choose to have pre-authorized withdrawals occur monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually until you annuitize. Procedures for selecting pre-authorized withdrawals are generally the same as those discussed in detail above for selecting portfolio rebalancing: You may make your request at any time and it will be effective when we receive it In Proper Form. If you stop the pre-authorized withdrawals, you must wait 30 days to begin again. Currently, we are not enforcing the 30-day waiting period but we reserve the right to enforce such waiting period in the future. We will provide at least a 30 day prior notice before we enforce the 30-day waiting period.

Each pre-authorized withdrawal is subject to any applicable charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes, to federal income tax on its taxable portion, and, if you have not reached age 59½, may be subject to a 10% federal tax penalty.

#### More on Federal Tax Issues
Section 817(h) of the Code provides that the investments underlying a variable annuity must satisfy certain diversification requirements. Details on these diversification requirements generally appear in the Fund SAIs. We believe the underlying Variable Investment Options for the Contract meet these requirements. On March 7, 2008, the Treasury Department issued Final Regulations under Section 817(h). These Final Regulations do not provide guidance concerning the extent to which you may direct your investments to particular divisions of a separate

------

account. Such guidance may be included in regulations or revenue rulings under Section 817(d) relating to the definition of a variable contract. We reserve the right to make such changes as we deem necessary or appropriate to ensure that your Contract continues to qualify as an annuity for tax purposes. Any such changes will apply uniformly to affected Contract Owners and will be made with such notice to affected Contract Owners as is feasible under the circumstances.

For a variable life insurance contract or a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax deferral, assets in the separate accounts supporting the contract must be considered to be owned by the insurance company and not by the contract owner. Under current U.S. tax law, if a contract owner has excessive control over the investments made by a separate account, or the underlying fund, the contract owner will be taxed currently on income and gains from the account or fund. In other words, in such a case of "investor control" the contract owner would not derive the tax benefits normally associated with variable life insurance or variable annuities.

Generally, according to the IRS, there are two ways that impermissible investor control may exist. The first relates to the design of the contract or the relationship between the contract and a separate account or underlying fund. For example, at various times, the IRS has focused on, among other factors, the number and type of investment choices available pursuant to a given variable contract, whether the contract offers access to funds that are available to the general public, the number of transfers that a contract owner may make from one investment option to another, and the degree to which a contract owner may select or control particular investments.

With respect to this first aspect of investor control, we believe that the design of our contracts and the relationship between our contracts and the Portfolios satisfy the current view of the IRS on this subject, such that the investor control doctrine should not apply. However, because of some uncertainty with respect to this subject and because the IRS may issue further guidance on this subject, we reserve the right to make such changes as we deem necessary or appropriate to reduce the risk that your contract might not qualify as a life insurance contract or as an annuity for tax purposes.

The second way that impermissible investor control might exist concerns your actions. Under case law and IRS guidance, you may not select or control particular investments, other than choosing among broad investment choices such as selecting a particular Portfolio. You may not select or direct the purchase or sale of a particular investment of a Separate Account, a Subaccount (or Variable Investment Option), or a Portfolio. All investment decisions concerning the Separate Accounts and the Subaccounts must be made by us, and all investment decisions concerning the underlying Portfolios must be made by the portfolio manager for such Portfolio in his or her sole and absolute discretion, and not by the contract owner. Furthermore, you may not enter into an agreement or arrangement with a portfolio manager of a Portfolio or communicate directly or indirectly with such a portfolio manager or any related investment officers concerning the selection, quality, or rate of return of any specific investment or group of investments held by a Portfolio, and you may not enter into any such agreement or arrangement or have any such communication with us or the portfolio manager of a Portfolio.

Finally, the IRS may issue additional guidance on the investor control doctrine, which might further restrict your actions or features of the variable contract. Such guidance could be applied retroactively. If any of the rules outlined above are not complied with, the IRS may seek to tax you currently on income and gains from a Portfolio such that you would not derive the tax benefits normally associated with variable life insurance or variable annuities. Although highly unlikely, such an event may have an adverse impact on the fund and other variable contracts. We urge you to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the application of the investor control doctrine.

#### Safekeeping of Assets
We are responsible for the safekeeping of the assets of the Separate Account. These assets are held separate and apart from the assets of our General Account and our other separate accounts.

#### FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of Separate Account A of PL&A as of December 31, 2025 and for each of the periods presented, are incorporated by reference to the Variable Account's [Form N-VPFS](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000110465926039947/tm268717d4_nvpfs.htm), File No. 811-09203 filed with the SEC on April 6, 2026. PL&A's statutory basis financial statements as of December 31, 2025, and 2024 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025 are incorporated by reference to the Variable Account's [Form N-VPFS](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000110465926039947/tm268717d4_nvpfs.htm), File No. 811-09203 filed with the SEC on April 6, 2026. These financial statements should be

------

considered only as bearing on the ability of PL&A to meet its obligations under the Contracts and not as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held in the Separate Account.

#### INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM <br> AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The financial statements of Separate Account A of Pacific Life & Annuity Company as of December 31, 2025 and for each of the periods presented have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report incorporated by reference in the Statement of Additional Information and appearing in the Variable Account's Form N-VPFS, File No. 811-09203, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2026,and such financial statements are incorporated by reference in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The statutory basis financial statements of Pacific Life & Annuity Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025 incorporated by reference in the Statement of Additional Information and appearing in the Variable Account's Form N-VPFS, File No. 811-09203, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2026, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report which express an unqualified opinion on the statutory basis financial statements and an adverse opinion on accounting principles generally accepted in the United State of America. Such financial statements incorporated by reference in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The business address of Deloitte & Touche LLP is 695 Town Center Drive, Costa Mesa, CA 92626.

------

#### Form No. 16053-26A

------

#### PART II

#### Part C: OTHER INFORMATION (Schwab Retirement Income Variable Annuity)

#### Item 27. Exhibits

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| (a) | **Board of Directors Resolution** |
| (i) | Minutes of Action of Board of Directors of Pacific Life Insurance Company and Pacific Life & Annuity Company dated July 1, 1998; included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-100907, Accession No. 0001017062-02-001851, filed on October 31, 2002, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex991a.txt](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex991a.txt) |
| (b) | **Custodian Agreements** |
|  | Inapplicable |
| (c) | **Underwriting Contracts** |
| (i) | Distribution Agreement between Pacific Life Insurance Company, Pacific Life & Annuity Company and Pacific Select Distributors, Inc. (PSD); included in Registrant's Form N-4, File No. 333-184972, Accession No. 0001104659-24-024617, filed February 16, 2024, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000110465924024617/tm246207d1_ex99-x3xa.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000110465924024617/tm246207d1_ex99-x3xa.htm) |
| (ii) | Form of Selling Agreement between Pacific Life & Annuity Company (PL&A), PSD and Various Broker-Dealers; included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-100907, Accession No. 0000892569-06-000558, filed on April 20, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000089256906000558/a12997exv99w3xby.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000089256906000558/a12997exv99w3xby.htm) |
| (iii) | Distribution Agreement between Pacific Life Insurance Company, Pacific Life & Annuity Company and Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD) (Amended and Restated); Included in Registrant's Form N-4, File No. 333-178742, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024481 filed on April 19, 2017 and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000110465917024481/a16-17268_1ex99d3dc.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000110465917024481/a16-17268_1ex99d3dc.htm) |
| (d) | **Contracts** |
| (i) | Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable Annuity Contract (Form No. 10-2225); included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-178742, Accession No. 0000950123-12-005013, filed on March 21, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012312005013/a60189a1exv99w4xay.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012312005013/a60189a1exv99w4xay.htm) |
| (ii) | Qualified Pension Plan Rider (Form No. 20-24200); included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-100907, Accession No. 0001017062-02-001851, filed on October 31, 2002, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex994b.txt](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex994b.txt) |
| (iii)<br> (a)  | Individual Retirement Annuity Rider (Form No. 20-25400); included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-100907, Accession No. 0001017062-02-001851, filed on October 31, 2002, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex994d.txt](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex994d.txt) |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| (b)  | Individual Retirement Annuity Rider (Form No. 20-2266); Included in Registrant's Form N-4, File No. 333-107571, Accession No. 0000950123-13-000809 filed on February 5, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012313000809/a30031aexv99wx4yxdyx2y.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012313000809/a30031aexv99wx4yxdyx2y.htm) |
| (iv)<br> (a) | Roth Individual Retirement Annuity Rider (Form No. 20-24000); included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-100907, Accession No. 0001017062-02-001851, filed on October 31, 2002, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex994e.txt](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex994e.txt) |
| (b) | Roth Individual Retirement Annuity Rider (Form No. 20-2267); Included in Registrant's Form N-4, File No. 333-107571, Accession No. 0000950123-13-000809 filed on February 5, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012313000809/a30031aexv99wx4yxeyx2y.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012313000809/a30031aexv99wx4yxeyx2y.htm) |
| (v)<br> (a)  | SIMPLE Individual Retirement Annuity Rider (Form No. 20-15300); included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-100907, Accession No. 0001017062-02-001851, filed on October 31, 2002, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex994f.txt](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex994f.txt) |
| (b)  | SIMPLE Individual Retirement Annuity Rider (Form No. 20-2268); Included in Registrant's Form N-4, File No. 333-107571, Accession No. 0000950123-13-000809 filed on February 5, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012313000809/a30031aexv99wx4yxfyx2y.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012313000809/a30031aexv99wx4yxfyx2y.htm) |
| (vi) | Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit IX Rider — Single Life (Form No. 20-2226); included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-178742, Accession No. 0000950123-12-005013, filed on March 21, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012312005013/a60189a1exv99w4xfy.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012312005013/a60189a1exv99w4xfy.htm) |
| (vii) | Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit IX Rider — Joint Life (Form No. 20-2227); included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-178742, Accession No. 0000950123-12-005013, filed on March 21, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012312005013/a60189a1exv99w4xgy.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012312005013/a60189a1exv99w4xgy.htm) |
| (viii) | Qualified Retirement Plan Rider (Form No. 20-2269); Included in Registrant's Form N-4, File No. 333-107571, Accession No. 0000950123-13-000809 filed on February 5, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012313000809/a30031aexv99wx4yxbby.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012313000809/a30031aexv99wx4yxbby.htm) |
| (ix) | 403(b) Tax-Sheltered Annuity Rider (Form No. 20-2270); Included in Registrant's Form N-4, File No. 333-107571, Accession No. 0000950123-13-000809 filed on February 5, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012313000809/a30031aexv99wx4yxcyx3y.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012313000809/a30031aexv99wx4yxcyx3y.htm) |
| (x) | Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Rider (Form No. 20-2302); included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-178742, Accession No. 0001193125-14-361845, filed on October 2, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000119312514361845/d773225dex994j.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000119312514361845/d773225dex994j.htm) |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| (xi) | Stepped-up Death Benefit Rider (Form No. 20-2303); included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-178742, Accession No. 0001193125-14-361845, filed on October 2, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000119312514361845/d773225dex994k.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000119312514361845/d773225dex994k.htm) |
| (xii) | Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit XXII Rider-Single Life (Future Income Generator) (Form No. 20-1427); included in Registrant's Form N-4, File No. 333-236928, Accession No. 0001104659-20-029803 filed on March 6, 2020, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000110465920029803/a20-11373_1ex99d4j.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000110465920029803/a20-11373_1ex99d4j.htm) |
| (xiii) | Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit XXII Rider-Joint Life (Future Income Generator) (Form No. 20-1428); included in Registrant's Form N-4, File No. 333-236928, Accession No. 0001104659-20-029803 filed on March 6, 2020, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000110465920029803/a20-11373_1ex99d4k.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000110465920029803/a20-11373_1ex99d4k.htm) |
| (e) | **Applications** |
| (i) | Application Form for Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable Annuity Contract (Form No. 25-2225); included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-178742, Accession No. 0000950123-12-005013, filed on March 21, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012312005013/a60189a1exv99w5.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012312005013/a60189a1exv99w5.htm) |
| (f) | **Insurance Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws** |
| (i) | Pacific Life & Annuity Company's Articles of Incorporation; included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-100907, Accession No. 0001017062-02-001851, filed on October 31, 2002, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex996a.txt](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex996a.txt) |
| (ii) | Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Pacific Life & Annuity Company; included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-100907, Accession No. 0001017062-02-001851, filed on October 31, 2002, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex996b.txt](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex996b.txt) |
| (iii) | By-laws of Pacific Life & Annuity Company; included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-100907, Accession No. 0001017062-02-001851, filed on October 31, 2002, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex996c.txt](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex996c.txt) |
| (g) | **Reinsurance Contracts** |
|  | Inapplicable |
| (h) | **Participation Agreements** |
| (i) | Administrative Agreement Between Pacific Life & Annuity Company (PL&A) and Pacific Life Insurance Company (Pacific Life); included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-100907, Accession No. 0001017062-02-001851, filed on October 31, 2002, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex998b.txt](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000101706202001851/dex998b.txt) |

---

------

(ii) Schwab Annuity Portfolios Participation Agreement; included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-178742, Accession No. 0000950123-12-006444, filed on April 24, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012312006444/a60189a2exv99w8xby.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012312006444/a60189a2exv99w8xby.htm)

(a) First Amendment to Fund Participation Agreement; included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-178742, Accession No. 0001193125-14-147304, filed on April 17, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000119312514147304/d655356dex998b1.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000119312514147304/d655356dex998b1.htm)

(b) Second Amendment to Fund Participation Agreement; Included in the Registrant's Form N-4; File No. 333-240071 Accession No. 0001104659-20-112015 filed on October 5, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000110465920112015/a20-32163_1ex99d8kk2.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000110465920112015/a20-32163_1ex99d8kk2.htm)

(c) Third Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant's Form N-4, File No. 333-240071, Accession No.0001104659-25-039294 filed on April 24, 2025, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000110465925039294/tm255221d1_ex99-xkkx3.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000110465925039294/tm255221d1_ex99-xkkx3.htm)

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| (i) | **Administrative Contracts** |
|  | Inapplicable |
| (j) | **Other Material Contracts** |
|  | Inapplicable |
| (k) | **Legal Opinion** |
|  | Opinion and Consent of legal officer of Pacific Life & Annuity Company as to the legality of Contracts being registered; included in Registrant's Form N-4, File No. 333-178742, Accession No. 0000950123-11-103961 filed on December 23, 2011, and incorporated by reference herein. This exhibit can be found at [http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012311103961/a60189nexv99w9.htm](https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1074486/000095012311103961/a60189nexv99w9.htm) |
| (l) | **Other Opinions** |
|  | [Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm](tm266313d1_ex99-xl.htm#a_002) and [Consent of Independent Auditors](tm266313d1_ex99-xl.htm#a_001)  |
| (m) | **Omitted Financial Statements** |
|  | Inapplicable |
| (n) | **Initial Capital Agreements** |
|  | Inapplicable |
| (o) | **Form of Initial Summary Prospectuses** |

---

------

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
|  | <br>Inapplicable |
| (p) | **[Power of Attorney](tm266427d2_ex99-xp.htm)** |
|  | Power of Attorney |
| (q) | **Letter Regarding Change in Certifying Accountant**  |
|  | <br>Inapplicable |
| (r) | **Historical Current Limits on Index Gains** |
|  | Inapplicable |

---

------

#### Item 28. Directors and Officers of Pacific Life & Annuity Company

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| **Name and Address** | &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;**Positions and Offices with Pacific Life & Annuity Company** |
| Darryl D. Button | Director, Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer |
| Vibhu R. Sharma | Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
| Michael F. Anderson | Director, Senior Vice President, Acting General Counsel, and Assistant Secretary |
| Dawn M. Behnke | Director and Executive Vice President |
| Carol J. Krosky | Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer |
| Starla C. Yamauchi | Vice President and Secretary |
| Craig W. Leslie | Senior Vice President and Treasurer |

---

The address for each of the persons listed above is as follows:

700 Newport Center Drive Newport Beach, California 92660

#### Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Pacific Life & Annuity Company or Separate Account A
The following is an explanation of the organization chart of Pacific Life & Annuity Company's subsidiaries:

#### PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY, SUBSIDIARIES & AFFILIATED

#### ENTERPRISES LEGAL STRUCTURE
Pacific Life & Annuity Company is an Arizona Stock Life Insurance Company wholly-owned by Pacific Life Insurance Company (a Nebraska Stock Life Insurance Company) which is wholly-owned by Pacific LifeCorp (a Delaware Stock Holding Company) which is, in turn, 100% owned by Pacific Mutual Holding Company (a Nebraska Mutual Insurance Holding Company).

#### Item 30. Indemnification
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(a) The Distribution Agreement between Pacific Life Insurance Company, Pacific Life & Annuity Company (collectively referred to as "Pacific Life") and Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD) provides substantially as follows:

Pacific Life shall indemnify and hold harmless PSD and PSD's officers, directors, agents, controlling persons, employees, subsidiaries and affiliates for all attorneys' fees, litigation expenses, costs, losses, claims, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, damages, and liabilities incurred as the direct or indirect result of: (i) negligent, dishonest, fraudulent, unlawful, or criminal acts, statements, or omissions by Pacific Life or its employees, agents, officers, or directors; (ii) Pacific Life's breach of this Agreement; (iii) Pacific Life's failure to comply with any statute, rule, or regulation; (iv) a claim or dispute between Pacific Life and a Broker/Dealer (including its Representatives) and/or a Contract owner. Pacific Life shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless PSD for expenses, losses, claims, damages, or liabilities that result from PSD's misfeasance, bad faith, negligence, willful misconduct or wrongful act.

PSD shall indemnify and hold harmless Pacific Life and Pacific Life's officers, directors, agents, controlling persons, employees, subsidiaries and affiliates for all attorneys' fees, litigation expenses, costs, losses, claims, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, damages and liabilities incurred as the direct or indirect result of: (i) PSD's breach of this Agreement; and/or (ii) PSD's failure to comply with any statute, rule, or regulation. PSD shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless Pacific Life for expenses, losses, claims, damages, or liabilities that have resulted from Pacific Life's willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence, willful misconduct or wrongful act.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(b) The Form of Selling Agreement between Pacific Life & Annuity Company, Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD) and Various Broker-Dealers and Agency (Selling Entities) provides substantially as follows:<br>

Pacific Life & Annuity Company and PSD agree to indemnify and hold harmless Selling Entities, their officers, directors, agents and employees, against any and all losses, claims, damages, or liabilities to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act of 1940, or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements made not misleading in the registration statement for the Contracts or for the shares of Pacific Select Fund (the "Fund") filed pursuant to the Securities Act, or any prospectus included as a part thereof, as from time to time amended and supplemented, or in any advertisement or sales literature provided by Pacific Life & Annuity Company and PSD.

------

Selling Entities agree to, jointly and severally, hold harmless and indemnify Pacific Life & Annuity Company and PSD and any of their respective affiliates, employees, officers, agents and directors (collectively, "Indemnified Persons") against any and all claims, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, losses occasioned by any rescission of any Contract pursuant to a "free look" provision or by any return of initial purchase payment in connection with an incomplete application), including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses and any loss attributable to the investment experience under a Contract, that any Indemnified Person may incur from liabilities resulting or arising out of or based upon (a) any untrue or alleged untrue statement other than statements contained in the registration statement or prospectus relating to any Contract, (b)(i) any inaccurate or misleading, or allegedly inaccurate or misleading sales material used in connection with any marketing or solicitation relating to any Contract, other than sales material provided preprinted by Pacific Life & Annuity Company or PSD, and (ii) any use of any sales material that either has not been specifically approved in writing by Pacific Life & Annuity Company or PSD or that, although previously approved in writing by Pacific Life & Annuity Company or PSD, has been disapproved, in writing by either of them, for further use, or (c) any act or omission of a Subagent, director, officer or employee of Selling Entities, including, without limitation, any failure of Selling Entities or any Subagent to be registered as required as a broker/dealer under the 1934 Act, or licensed in accordance with the rules of any applicable SRO or insurance regulator.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 ("Act") may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling Pacific Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, Pacific Life has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

#### Item 31. Principal Underwriters
(a) PSD
also acts as principal underwriter for Pacific Life Insurance Company, on its own behalf and on behalf
of its Separate Account I, Separate Account A, Separate Account B, Pacific Select Variable Annuity Separate
Account, Pacific Corinthian Variable Separate Account, Pacific Select Exec Separate Account, Pacific
COLI Separate Account, Pacific COLI Separate Account II, Pacific COLI Separate Account III, Pacific COLI
Separate Account IV, Pacific COLI Separate Account V, Pacific COLI Separate Account VI, Pacific COLI
Separate Account X, Pacific COLI Separate Account XI, Pacific Select Separate Account, and Pacific Life &
Annuity Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its Separate Account A, Pacific Select Exec Separate
Account, and Separate Account I.

(b) For information regarding PSD, reference is made to Form B-D, SEC File No. 8-15264,
which is herein incorporated by reference. This exhibit can be
found at http://brokercheck.finra.org/firm/summary/4452

(c) PSD retains no compensation or net discounts or commissions
from the Registrant.

#### Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records
The accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Registrant pursuant to Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules under that section will be maintained by Pacific Life Insurance Company at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.

#### Item 33. Management Services
Inapplicable

#### Item 34. Fee Representation
REPRESENTATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 26(f) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940: Pacific Life & Annuity Company and the sponsoring insurance company of the Registrant represent that the fees and charges to be deducted under the Variable Annuity Contract ("Contract") described in the prospectus contained in this registration statement are, in the aggregate, reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks assumed in connection with the Contract.

Additional Representations

------

The Registrant and its Depositor are relying upon American Council of Life Insurance, SEC No-Action Letter, SEC Ref. No. 1P-6-88 (November 28, 1988) with respect to annuity contracts offered as funding vehicles for retirement plans meeting the requirements of Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, and the provisions of paragraphs (1)-(4) of this letter have been complied with.

------

#### SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets the requirements of Securities Act Rule 485(b) for effectiveness of this Registration Statement and has caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 21 to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized in the City of Newport Beach, and the State of California on this 15<sup>th</sup> day of April, 2026.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
| SEPARATE ACCOUNT A | SEPARATE ACCOUNT A |
| (Registrant) | (Registrant) |
|  | PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY |
| By: |  |
|  | Darryl D. Button\* |
|  | Director, Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer |
|  | PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY |
|  | (Depositor) |
| By: |  |
|  | Darryl D. Button \* |
|  | Director, Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer |

---

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 21 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

---

| | | | |
|:---|:---|:---|:---|
| **Signature** | **Signature** | **Title** | **Date** |
|  |  | Director, Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer | April 15, 2026 |
| Darryl D. Button\* | Darryl D. Button\* | Director, Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer |  |
|  |  | Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | April 15, 2026 |
| Vibhu R. Sharma\* | Vibhu R. Sharma\* | Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |  |
|  |  | Director, Senior Vice President, Acting General Counsel | April 15, 2026 |
| Michael F. Anderson\* | Michael F. Anderson\* | Director, Senior Vice President, Acting General Counsel |  |
|  |  | Vice President and Secretary | April 15, 2026 |
| Starla C. Yamauchi\* | Starla C. Yamauchi\* | Vice President and Secretary |  |
|  |  | Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer | April 15, 2026 |
| Carol J. Krosky\* | Carol J. Krosky\* | Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer |  |
|  |  | Directors, Executive Vice President | April 15, 2026 |
| Dawn M. Behnke\* | Dawn M. Behnke\* | Directors, Executive Vice President |  |
|  |  | Senior Vice President and Treasurer | April 15, 2026 |
| Craig W. Leslie\* | Craig W. Leslie\* | Senior Vice President and Treasurer |  |
| \*By: | /s/ ALISON RYAN | Vice President and Associate General Counsel | April 15, 2026 |
|  | Alison Ryan |  |  |
|  | as attorney-in-fact |  |  |

---

<br> (Powers of Attorney are contained in this Registration Statement as Exhibit (p).)

------

## Ex-99.(L)

**Exhibit 99.(l)**

**CONSENT OF THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM**

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Post-Effective Amendment to Registration Statement No. 333-178742 on Form N-4 of our report dated March 13, 2026, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights for each of the variable accounts of Separate Account A of Pacific Life & Annuity Company for the year ended December 31, 2025, incorporated by reference in the Statement of Additional Information, which is part of such Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the heading "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and Independent Auditors" in the Statement of Additional Information, which is part of such Registration Statement.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Costa Mesa, California

April 15, 2026

**CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS**

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement No. 333-178742 on Form N-4 of our report dated March 30, 2026 related to the statutory-basis financial statements of Pacific Life & Annuity Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, incorporated by reference in the Statement of Additional Information, which is part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and Independent Auditors" in the Statement of Additional Information, which is part of such Registration Statement.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Costa Mesa, California

April 15, 2026

## Ex-99.(P)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned officer and/or director of Pacific Life & Annuity Company ("Company") constitutes and appoints Michael Anderson and Alison Ryan, each individually as his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution for his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and file on behalf of the Company and/or any of its Separate Accounts, any and all Registration Statements, amendments, supplements and/or exhibits thereto, and any other instruments necessary or desirable in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substituted, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statements under Separate Account A of Pacific Life & Annuity Company (811-09203): 333-71081, 333-100907, 333-122914, 333-107571, 333-136598, 333-140986, 333-141136, 333-145824, 333-148891, 333-160131, 333-160773, 333-161000, 333-168027, 333-168285, 333-175280, 333-178742, 333-184972, 333-185329, 333-185330, 333-185331, 333-212626, 333-236928, 333-240071, 333-250191, 333-261004, 333-263417, 333-265389, 333-283966, and 333-283966.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statements under the Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of Pacific Life & Annuity Company (811-09389): 333-80825, 333-106721, 333-138906, 333-62446 and 333-153085.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statement under Pacific Life & Annuity Company: 333-287425.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· New Registration Statements issued by Pacific Life & Annuity Company, to be filed with the SEC.

This Power of Attorney is intended to supersede any and all prior Powers of Attorney in connection with the above mentioned acts, and remains in effect until revoked or revised.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
|  | /s/ Darryl D. Button |
| Dated: December 18, 2025 | Darryl D. Button |

---

------

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned officer and/or director of Pacific Life & Annuity Company ("Company") constitutes and appoints Michael Anderson and Alison Ryan, each individually as his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution for his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and file on behalf of the Company and/or any of its Separate Accounts, any and all Registration Statements, amendments, supplements and/or exhibits thereto, and any other instruments necessary or desirable in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substituted, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statements under Separate Account A of Pacific Life & Annuity Company (811-09203): 333-71081, 333-100907, 333-122914, 333-107571, 333-136598, 333-140986, 333-141136, 333-145824, 333-148891, 333-160131, 333-160773, 333-161000, 333-168027, 333-168285, 333-175280, 333-178742, 333-184972, 333-185329, 333-185330, 333-185331, 333-212626, 333-236928, 333-240071, 333-250191, 333-261004, 333-263417, 333-265389, 333-283966, and 333-283966.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statements under the Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of Pacific Life & Annuity Company (811-09389): 333-80825, 333-106721, 333-138906, 333-62446 and 333-153085.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statement under Pacific Life & Annuity Company: 333-287425.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· New Registration Statements issued by Pacific Life & Annuity Company, to be filed with the SEC.

This Power of Attorney is intended to supersede any and all prior Powers of Attorney in connection with the above mentioned acts, and remains in effect until revoked or revised.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
|  | /s/ Vibhu R. Sharma |
| Dated: December 18, 2025 | Vibhu R. Sharma |

---

------

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned officer and/or director of Pacific Life & Annuity Company ("Company") constitutes and appoints Michael Anderson and Alison Ryan, each individually as his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution for his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and file on behalf of the Company and/or any of its Separate Accounts, any and all Registration Statements, amendments, supplements and/or exhibits thereto, and any other instruments necessary or desirable in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substituted, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statements under Separate Account A of Pacific Life & Annuity Company (811-09203): 333-71081, 333-100907, 333-122914, 333-107571, 333-136598, 333-140986, 333-141136, 333-145824, 333-148891, 333-160131, 333-160773, 333-161000, 333-168027, 333-168285, 333-175280, 333-178742, 333-184972, 333-185329, 333-185330, 333-185331, 333-212626, 333-236928, 333-240071, 333-250191, 333-261004, 333-263417, 333-265389, 333-283966, and 333-283966.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statements under the Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of Pacific Life & Annuity Company (811-09389): 333-80825, 333-106721, 333-138906, 333-62446 and 333-153085.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statement under Pacific Life & Annuity Company: 333-287425.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· New Registration Statements issued by Pacific Life & Annuity Company, to be filed with the SEC.

This Power of Attorney is intended to supersede any and all prior Powers of Attorney in connection with the above mentioned acts, and remains in effect until revoked or revised.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
|  | /s/Michael F. Anderson |
| Dated: December 18, 2025 | Michael F. Anderson  |

---

------

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned officer and/or director of Pacific Life & Annuity Company ("Company") constitutes and appoints Michael Anderson and Alison Ryan, each individually as his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution for his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and file on behalf of the Company and/or any of its Separate Accounts, any and all Registration Statements, amendments, supplements and/or exhibits thereto, and any other instruments necessary or desirable in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substituted, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statements under Separate Account A of Pacific Life & Annuity Company (811-09203): 333-71081, 333-100907, 333-122914, 333-107571, 333-136598, 333-140986, 333-141136, 333-145824, 333-148891, 333-160131, 333-160773, 333-161000, 333-168027, 333-168285, 333-175280, 333-178742, 333-184972, 333-185329, 333-185330, 333-185331, 333-212626, 333-236928, 333-240071, 333-250191, 333-261004, 333-263417, 333-265389, 333-283966, and 333-283966.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statements under the Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of Pacific Life & Annuity Company (811-09389): 333-80825, 333-106721, 333-138906, 333-62446 and 333-153085.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statement under Pacific Life & Annuity Company: 333-287425.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· New Registration Statements issued by Pacific Life & Annuity Company, to be filed with the SEC.

This Power of Attorney is intended to supersede any and all prior Powers of Attorney in connection with the above mentioned acts, and remains in effect until revoked or revised.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
|  | /s/ Starla C. Yamauchi |
| Dated: December 18, 2025 | Starla C. Yamauchi |

---

------

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned officer and/or director of Pacific Life & Annuity Company ("Company") constitutes and appoints Michael Anderson and Alison Ryan, each individually as his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution for his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and file on behalf of the Company and/or any of its Separate Accounts, any and all Registration Statements, amendments, supplements and/or exhibits thereto, and any other instruments necessary or desirable in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substituted, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statements under Separate Account A of Pacific Life & Annuity Company (811-09203): 333-71081, 333-100907, 333-122914, 333-107571, 333-136598, 333-140986, 333-141136, 333-145824, 333-148891, 333-160131, 333-160773, 333-161000, 333-168027, 333-168285, 333-175280, 333-178742, 333-184972, 333-185329, 333-185330, 333-185331, 333-212626, 333-236928, 333-240071, 333-250191, 333-261004, 333-263417, 333-265389, 333-283966, and 333-283966.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statements under the Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of Pacific Life & Annuity Company (811-09389): 333-80825, 333-106721, 333-138906, 333-62446 and 333-153085.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statement under Pacific Life & Annuity Company: 333-287425.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· New Registration Statements issued by Pacific Life & Annuity Company, to be filed with the SEC.

This Power of Attorney is intended to supersede any and all prior Powers of Attorney in connection with the above mentioned acts, and remains in effect until revoked or revised.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
|  | /s/ Carol J. Krosky |
| Dated: December 18, 2025 | Carol J. Krosky |

---

------

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned officer and/or director of Pacific Life & Annuity Company ("Company") constitutes and appoints Michael Anderson and Alison Ryan, each individually as his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution for his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and file on behalf of the Company and/or any of its Separate Accounts, any and all Registration Statements, amendments, supplements and/or exhibits thereto, and any other instruments necessary or desirable in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substituted, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statements under Separate Account A of Pacific Life & Annuity Company (811-09203): 333-71081, 333-100907, 333-122914, 333-107571, 333-136598, 333-140986, 333-141136, 333-145824, 333-148891, 333-160131, 333-160773, 333-161000, 333-168027, 333-168285, 333-175280, 333-178742, 333-184972, 333-185329, 333-185330, 333-185331, 333-212626, 333-236928, 333-240071, 333-250191, 333-261004, 333-263417, 333-265389, 333-283966, and 333-283966.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statements under the Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of Pacific Life & Annuity Company (811-09389): 333-80825, 333-106721, 333-138906, 333-62446 and 333-153085.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statement under Pacific Life & Annuity Company: 333-287425.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· New Registration Statements issued by Pacific Life & Annuity Company, to be filed with the SEC.

This Power of Attorney is intended to supersede any and all prior Powers of Attorney in connection with the above mentioned acts, and remains in effect until revoked or revised.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
|  | /s/ Dawn M. Behnke |
| Dated: December 19, 2025 | Dawn M. Behnke |

---

------

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned officer and/or director of Pacific Life & Annuity Company ("Company") constitutes and appoints Michael Anderson and Alison Ryan, each individually as his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution for his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and file on behalf of the Company and/or any of its Separate Accounts, any and all Registration Statements, amendments, supplements and/or exhibits thereto, and any other instruments necessary or desirable in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substituted, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof:

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statements under Separate Account A of Pacific Life & Annuity Company (811-09203): 333-71081, 333-100907, 333-122914, 333-107571, 333-136598, 333-140986, 333-141136, 333-145824, 333-148891, 333-160131, 333-160773, 333-161000, 333-168027, 333-168285, 333-175280, 333-178742, 333-184972, 333-185329, 333-185330, 333-185331, 333-212626, 333-236928, 333-240071, 333-250191, 333-261004, 333-263417, 333-265389, 333-283966, and 333-283966.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statements under the Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of Pacific Life & Annuity Company (811-09389): 333-80825, 333-106721, 333-138906, 333-62446 and 333-153085.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· Registration Statement under Pacific Life & Annuity Company: 333-287425.

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;· New Registration Statements issued by Pacific Life & Annuity Company, to be filed with the SEC.

This Power of Attorney is intended to supersede any and all prior Powers of Attorney in connection with the above mentioned acts, and remains in effect until revoked or revised.

---

| | |
|:---|:---|
|  | /s/ Craig W. Leslie |
| Dated: December 18, 2025 | Craig W. Leslie |

---

------